Honda 2014 Odyssey Owners Manual
Honda-2014-Odyssey-Owners-Manual-106983 honda-2014-odyssey-owners-manual-106983
2015-10-23
: Honda Honda-2014-Honda-Odyssey-Owners-Manual-816820 honda-2014-honda-odyssey-owners-manual-816820 honda pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 565 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2Safe Driving P. 25
For Safe Driving P. 26 Seat Belts P. 30 Airbags P. 39
2Instrument Panel P. 69
Indicators P. 70 Gauges and Displays P. 92
2Controls P. 107
Clock P. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 110
Security System P. 135 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 138
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 158
Heating and Cooling* P. 194
2Features P. 205
Audio System P. 206 Audio System Basic Operation P. 211, 234
Rear Entertainment System* P. 276 Customized Features P. 295
2Driving P. 395
Before Driving P. 396 Towing a Trailer P. 401
Rearview Camera P. 445 Refueling P. 446
2Maintenance P. 451
Before Performing Maintenance P. 452 Maintenance MinderTM P. 455
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 486
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* P. 502
2Handling the Unexpected P. 509
Tools P. 510 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 511
Overheating P. 526 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 528
When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate P. 540
2Information P. 541
Specifications P. 542 Identification Numbers P. 544
Warranty Coverages P. 549 Authorized Manuals P. 551
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 0 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Contents
Child Safety P. 52 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Safety Labels P. 67
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 121 Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors P. 127
Opening and Closing the Moonroof* P. 141 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 142
Adjusting the Seats P. 161 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 176
Climate Control System* P. 198
Audio Error Messages P. 267 General Information on the Audio System P. 272
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* P. 325 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 327, 360 Compass* P. 392
When Driving P. 407 Braking P. 436 Parking Your Vehicle P. 440
Fuel Economy P. 449 Accessories and Modifications P. 450
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 463 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 475
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490 Battery P. 499 Remote Transmitter Care P. 500
Heating and Cooling System*/Climate Control System* Maintenance P. 504 Cleaning P. 505
Engine Does Not Start P. 520 Jump Starting P. 523 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 525
Fuses P. 533 Emergency Towing P. 539
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 545 Reporting Safety Defects P. 546 Emissions Testing P. 547
Customer Service Information P. 552
Quick Reference Guide P. 2
Safe Driving P. 25
Instrument Panel P. 69
Controls P. 107
Features P. 205
Driving P. 395
Maintenance P. 451
Handling the Unexpected P. 509
Information P. 541
Index P. 553
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 1 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
2
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P427)
❙Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button* (P424)
❙Power Sliding Door Switch* (P129)
❙Power Tailgate Switch* (P123)
❙
Parking Sensor System Switch
*
(P441)
❙System Indicators (P70)
❙Gauges (P92)
❙Information Display* (P93)
❙Multi-Information Display* (P96)
❙Rear Window Defogger (P154)
❙Heated Mirror Button* (P154)
❙Hazard Warning Button
❙Heating and Cooling System* (P194)
❙Climate Control System* (P198)
❙Seat Heater Switches* (P189)
❙Cool Box Switch* (P180)
❙Center Pocket (P180)
❙Driving Position Memory System
Buttons* (P155) ❙Auxiliary Input Jack (P207)
❙USB Port (P207)
❙Audio System (P206)
❙Accessory Power Socket (P183)
❙Rear Entertainment System* (P276)
❙Beverage Holder* (P181)
❙Navigation System*
() See Navigation System Manual
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 2 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
3
Quick Reference Guide
❙Navigation System Voice Control Buttons*
() See Navigation System Manual
❙Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Buttons (P327, 360)
❙Audio Remote Control Buttons (P210)
❙Steering Wheel Adjustments (P157)
❙Cruise Control Buttons (P415)
❙Wipers/Washers (P151)
❙ (Select/Reset) Knob (P93)
❙Brightness Control (P153)
❙Shift Lever
Automatic Transmission (P412)
❙SEL/RESET Button* (P96)
❙ / (Information) Button* (P96)
❙Headlights/Turn Signals (P147)
❙LaneWatchTM* (P434)
❙Fog Lights* (P150)
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
❙Horn (Press an area around .)
❙ENGINE START/STOP Button*1 (P143)
❙Ignition Switch*1 (P142)
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 3 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Visual Index
4
Quick Reference Guide
❙Door Mirror Controls (P159)
❙Master Door Lock Switch (P118)
❙Hood Release Handle (P464)
❙Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P447)
❙Coin Pocket
❙Parking Brake Pedal (P436)
❙Power Window Switches (P138)
❙Rearview Mirror (P158)
❙Driver Side Fuse Box (P535)
❙Passenger's Front Airbag
(P42)
❙Glove Box (P178)
❙Driver's Front Airbag (P42)
❙Passenger Side Fuse Box
(P536)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 4 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙Sun Visors
❙Vanity Mirrors
❙Moonroof Switch* (P141)
❙Map Lights (P177)
❙HomeLink® Button* (P325)
❙Sunglasses Holder (P188)
❙Seat Belts (P30)
❙Grab Handle
❙Coat Hooks (P186)
❙Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P62)
❙Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P60)
❙Accessory Power Socket (P183)
❙Side Curtain Airbags (P48)
❙Coat Hooks (P186)
❙AC Power Outlet* (P185)
❙Auxiliary Input Jacks* (P276)
❙Side Airbags (P46)
❙Second Row Seat (P162, 169)
❙Front Seat (P161)
❙Removable Center Console* (P178)
❙Flip-up Trash Bag Ring* (P179)
❙Third Row Seat (P162, 169)
❙Folding the One-Motion Third Row Magic Seat (P173)
❙Second Row Multi-Functional Center Seat* (P162, 172)
❙Integrated Sunshades* (P190)
❙HondaVACTM* (P191)
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 5 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙Maintenance Under the Hood (P463)
❙Windshield Wipers (P151, 486)
❙Door Lock/Unlock Control (P113)
❙Power Door Mirrors (P159)
❙Headlights (P147, 475)
❙Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P147, 480)
❙Tires (P490, 511)
❙Fog Lights* (P150, 479)
❙How to Refuel (P447)
❙Rearview Camera (P445)
❙Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P121)
❙Back-Up Lights (P483)
❙Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors
(P127)
❙Taillights (P483)
❙Tailgate Outer Handle (P122)
❙Brake Lights (P481)
❙Rear Side Marker/Taillights (P481)
❙Rear Turn Signal Lights (P481)
❙High-Mount Brake Light (P485)
❙Rear License Plate Lights (P484)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 6 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
7
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P25)
Airbags (P39)
●Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P52)
●All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
●Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
●Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P66)
●Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain
carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined
spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P29)
●Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P30)
●Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
●Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 7 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
8
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel (P69)
System Indicators
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA®) System Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure
Indicator*/
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator*
Security System Alarm
Indicator*
Lights Reminders
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator*
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
Starter System
Indicator*
System Message
Indicator*
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Door and Tailgate Open Indicator/
Parking Sensor Indicator*
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
Tachometer
Information Display*/
Multi-Information Display*
Speedometer
Fuel Gauge
Shift Lever
Position Indicator
Power Sliding Door
Indicator*
Gauges (P92)/Information Display* (P93)/
Multi-Information Display* (P96)/System Indicators (P70)
Power Tailgate
Indicator*
Fuel Economy
Indicator
TPMS Indicator*
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Maintenance Minder
Indicator*
Daytime Running
Lights Indicator*
Washer Level
Indicator*
Blind Spot Information
System Indicator*
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
Temperature
Gauge
Low Fuel
Indicator
Smart Entry System
Indicator*
Forward Collision Warning
(FCW) Indicator*
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Indicator*
Brake System Indicator
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
System Indicators
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 8 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P107)
Clock (P108)
aEnter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2Adjusting the Clock (P108)
bRotate to change hour, then press
.
cRotate to change minute, then
press .
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
Models with navigation system
ENGINE START/STOP
Button* (P143)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals (P147)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Lights (P147)
Wipers and Washers (P151)
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Long Delay
: Short Delay
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 9 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Steering Wheel (P157)
●To adjust, push the adjustment lever
down, adjust to the desired position, then
pull up the lever back in place.
Power Sliding Door*
(P129)
●When the main switch is ON, the power
sliding door opens and closes
automatically when you press OPEN or
CLOSE side of the / switch.
Tailgate (P121)
●To open the tailgate, press and hold the
tailgate outer handle, and lift up.
●Press the power tailgate button on the
instrument panel or the smart entry
remote to open and close the power
tailgate.
Tailgate
Outer
Handle
Models with the power tailgate
Power Door Mirrors
(P159)
●With the ignition switch in ON (w*1, move
the selector switch to L or R.
●Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
●Press the folding button* to fold in and
out the door mirrors.
●Place the selector switch in the L or R
position to use the reverse tilt door mirror
feature.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Models with driving position memory system
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 10 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Power Windows (P138)
●With the ignition switch in ON (w*1, open
and close the power windows.
●If the power window lock button is in the
OFF position, the passenger's window can
be opened and closed with its own
switch.
●If the power window lock button is in the
ON position (indicator is on), the
passenger's window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
Heating and Cooling System* (P194)
●Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
●Press the Mode button to select the vents air flows from.
●Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
●Use the button for maximum cool setting.
●Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●Press the button to defrost the windshield.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Fan Control Dial
(Rear Window
Defogger/Heated
Mirror*) Button
A/C (Air
Conditioning)
Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
Button
(Recirculation) Button
Temperature
Control Dial
(On/Off)
Button
Mode Control Button
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 11 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System* (P198)
●Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
●Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for
complete details.
Models with navigation system
Fan Control
Button
(Rear Window
Defogger/Heated
Mirror) Button
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
A/C (Air
Conditioning)
Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
(Recirculation)
Button
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Dial
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
Mode Control Button
SYNC
(Synchronized) Button
(On/Off) Button
Rear Climate Control
●Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system.
●Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Passenger
Compartment
Temperature
Control Buttons
(Fan Control)
Button
Air flows
from the
rear floor
vents.
Airflow is
divided
between the
rear floor
vents and
rear ceiling
vents.
Air flows
from the
rear ceiling
vents.
(On/Off)
Button
AUTO Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 12 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Features (P205)
Audio Remote Controls
(P210)
●VOL (Volume) Button
Press / to adjust the volume up/down.
●MODE Button
Press and release to change the audio
mode: FM/AM/XM®*/CD/USB/iPod®/
Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora®*/AhaTM*/AUX.
●CH (Channel) Button
Radio:Press and release to change the
preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press and release to skip to the
beginning of the next song or return
to the beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder/
album.
MODE Button
CH Button
VOL Button
3
4
Audio System (P211, 234)
FM/AM Button
VOL/
(Volume/Power)
Knob
(CD Eject) Button
Selector Knob
Preset Buttons
(1-6)
AUX Button
SETTINGS Button
(P211)
Models with one display
BACK Button
PHONE Button
CD Slot
MENU Button
Audio/Information
Screen
CD Button
Button
(Skip/Seek)
Button
(Skip/Seek)
Button
DISPLAY Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 13 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
14
Quick Reference Guide
*1: Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob (CD Eject) Button
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Presets*1
SETTINGS Button
(P234)
Models with two displays
BACK Button
PHONE Button
CD Slot
MENU Button
Audio/Information Screen
Button
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Audio with Touch Screen
Audio Source*1
(Tune Down) Icon*1 (Tune Up) Icon*1
Shortcuts*1
More*1
INFO Button
AUDIO Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 14 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
15
Quick Reference Guide
*1: Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
(CD Eject) Button
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Presets*1
SETTINGS Button
(P234, 277)
Models with two displays and rear entertainment system
BACK Button
PHONE Button
CD Slot
MENU Button
Button
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Audio with Touch Screen
Audio Source*1
(Tune Down) Icon*1 (Tune Up) Icon*1
Shortcuts*1
More*1
INFO Button FRONT AUDIO Button
Audio/Information Screen
REAR (Power) Button
REAR AUDIO Button
DVD Slot
(DVD Eject) Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 15 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Driving (P395)
Release Button
Shift Lever
Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of (P.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Automatic Transmission (P413)
●Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
●Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Low
Strong engine braking.
D4
Press the D4 button while the shift lever is in (D.
Used when:
●Going up or down hills
●Towing a trailer in hilly terrain
D4
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 16 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
17
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® OFF Button (P427)
●The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
●VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
●To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control (P415)
●Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
●To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press once you
have achieved the desired speed (above
25 mph or 40 km/h).
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P428)
●TPMS monitors tire pressure.
●TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine.
DECEL/SET
Refueling (P446)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 21 US gal (79.5 L)
aPull the fuel fill door
release handle.
bTurn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
cPlace the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
dAfter refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 17 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance (P451)
Under the Hood (P463)
●Check engine oil, engine coolant, and window washer fluid.
Add when necessary.
●Check brake fluid.
●Check the battery regularly.
aPull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
bLocate the hood latch lever, slide the lever, and lift up the
hood.
cWhen finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights (P475)
●Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P486)
●Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires (P490)
●Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
●Check tire pressures regularly.
●Install snow tires for winter driving.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 18 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Quick Reference Guide
19
Handling the Unexpected (P509)
Flat Tire (P511)
●Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire under
the floor between the front seats and the
second row seats.
Indicators Come On
(P 528)
●Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Engine Won't Start
(P520)
●If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P533)
●Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating (P526)
●Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P539)
●Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 19 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
20
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The ignition switch does
not turn from (0 to (q*1.
Why?
●The steering wheel may be locked.
●Try to turn the steering wheel left and
right while turning the ignition key*.
●Move the steering wheel left and right
while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button* at the same time.
The ignition switch does
not turn from (q to (0*1
and I cannot remove the
key. Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 20 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
21
Quick Reference Guide
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
LOCK position. If so, open the rear door
with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the lever to
the UNLOCK position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●The key is left in the ignition switch*.
●The power mode* is in ACCESSORY.
●The exterior lights are left on.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●The parking brake is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 21 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
22
Quick Reference Guide
California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
•How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 22 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
23
Quick Reference Guide
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgement.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
●Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
●Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
●Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
●Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
●Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 23 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
24
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 24 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
25
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 26
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 28
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 30
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 33
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 38
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 39
Types of Airbags ................................ 42
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 42
Side Airbags....................................... 46
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 48
Airbag System Indicators.................... 49
Airbag Care ....................................... 51
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 52
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......54
Safety of Larger Children ................... 64
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 66
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 67
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 25 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
26
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■Restrain all children
Children age 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 26 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
27
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 27 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
28
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
Side Airbags
Door Locks
6
7
89
10
11
9
8
10
7
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 28 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
29
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
•After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being
ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.
2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
•Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2Adjusting the Seats P. 161
•Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 164
•Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33
•Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2Child Safety P. 52
■Safety CheckList
1Safety CheckList
If the door and tailgate open indicator is on, a door or
the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors
tightly until the indicator goes off.
2Door and Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 29 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
30
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
-frontal impacts
-side impacts
-rear impacts
-rollovers
■Lap/shoulder seat belts
All seven or eight seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with
emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely
while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the
retractor locks to restrain your body. The second and third row passenger’s seat
belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 60
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 30 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 31
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
•All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduces the effectiveness of
the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
•Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
•Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
•Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w*1
before the driver's seat belt is fastened, a
beeper will sound and the indicator will blink.
If the driver does not fasten the belt before
the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w*1.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound. The indicator also may not come on and the
beeper may not sound when the occupant is not
heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such
occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should
be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag
likely will injure or kill them.
2Protecting Child Passengers P. 52
*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 31 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
32
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 32 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
33
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2Adjusting the Seats P. 161
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
uMake sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 33 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
34
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats and second row seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to
accommodate taller and shorter occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 34 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 35
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle.
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.
■Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 35 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
36
Safe Driving
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert a key into
the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
Pivot down the anchor buckle forward.
Insert a key into the slot on the back of the anchor
buckle.
Second row center seat
Buckle
Latch
Plate
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 36 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
37
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 37 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
38
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
•Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
•Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
uIf a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 38 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
39
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
789
8
8
8
8
12
11
10
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 39 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
40
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
bTwo side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
cTwo side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
dAn electronic control unit that continually
monitors and records information about
the sensors, the airbag activators, the
seat belt tensioners, and driver and front
passenger seat belt use when the ignition
switch is in ON (w*1.
eAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. The
driver's and front passenger's seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.
fA driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
gWeight sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
hImpact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
iAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.
jAn indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
kSafing Sensor
lA rollover sensor that can detect whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 40 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
41
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, and sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not
wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■Important facts about your airbags
1Important facts about your airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 41 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
42
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
•Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
•Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
•Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON (w*1.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see what
looks like smoke. This is from the combustion process
of the inflator material and is not harmful. People
with respiratory problems may experience some
temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 42 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 43
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■Operation
■How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 43 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
44
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 44 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
45
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although Honda recommends against
carrying an infant or small child in front, if the
sensors detect the weight of a child (up to
about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will
automatically turn off the passenger's front
airbag.
■Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
•Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2Floor Mats P. 506
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 45 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
46
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag
deploys even if there is no passenger in the passenger
seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 46 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
47
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 47 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
48
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 48 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 49
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display*.
■When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w*1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 49 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
50
Safe Driving
■When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2Child Safety P. 52
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors. Such as:
•An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
•A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
•A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.
•The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•An object placed under the front passenger's seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S.
Canada
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 50 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
51
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 51 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
52
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children age 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
•An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
•A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
•Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
age 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 52 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
53
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
•Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
•Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
•Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
•Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
•Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
•Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2Safety Labels P. 67
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 53 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
54
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat maker's weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is
at least one year old.
■Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2Airbags P. 39
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 54 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 55
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
up to age two, if the child’s height and weight are
appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 55 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
56
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
•The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
•The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
•The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 56 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
57
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in each of the second and third row
seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible
type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
■Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Marks
Third row seat
Second row seat
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 57 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
58
Safe Driving
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
uWhen installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
To install a LATCH-compatible child seat in
the second row center seat, remove the
covers on each lower end of the seat-back
by pulling on the handles.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child's safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat
that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
Flexible Type
Lower Anchors
Handle
Marks
Cover
Second row center seat
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 58 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
3. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat maker.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Second row center seat
Second row outer position
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 59 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe Driving
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat maker's instructions,
and insert the latch plate into the buckle.
uInsert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
uIf you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 2 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
uWhen doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 60 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 61 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each second and third row seating position. A
child seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
■Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
Second row seat
Third row seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Tether Anchorage Points
Second row outer position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 62 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Second row center seat
Third row seat
Anchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Anchor
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 63 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■Checklist
•Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
•Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
•Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
•Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■Protecting Larger Children
■Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 64 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
•Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
•Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
•Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
•Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 65 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
66
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
•The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
•The exhaust system may have been damaged.
•The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling*/climate control*
system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the heating and cooling*/climate control* system in the same manner if you
sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 66 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
67
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Canadian models
Doorjambs
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 67 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
68
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 68 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
69
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators
Information Display Warning and
Information Messages*.................... 84
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages*.................... 86
Gauges and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 92
Information Display*.......................... 93
Multi-Information Display*................. 96
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 69 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
70
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 530
●Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have the vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 530
Brake System
Indicator
(Amber)
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake override system.
●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S. Canada
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S. Canada
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 70 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
71
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w*1, and
goes off when the engine starts.
●Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 528
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w*1, and
goes off either when the engine
starts or after several seconds if the
engine is not started. If “readiness
codes” have not been set, it blinks
five times before it goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
●Blinks when a misfire in the
engine's cylinders is detected.
●Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2Testing of Readiness Codes P. 547
●Comes on while driving - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.
2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 529
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 71 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
72
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Charging System
Indicator
●Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w*1, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●Stays on while driving - Turn off the
heating and cooling*/climate control*
system and rear defogger in order to
reduce electricity consumption.
2If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 528
Shift Lever
Position Indicator
●Indicates current shift lever position.
D4 Indicator:
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on when you press the D4
button while the shift lever is in (D.
2Shifting P. 413 —
Transmission
Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Blinks if the transmission system has
a problem.
●Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have the
vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
Information Display
Multi-Information
Display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 72 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1.
●If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on
about a few seconds later.
●Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not fastened
a seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.
●The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
●Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat
belt - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2Seat Belt Reminder P. 31
Low Fuel
Indicator
●Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 3.0 U.S.
gal./11.4 Liter left).
●Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System)
Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
P. 438
Indicator
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 73 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
-Supplemental restraint system
-Side airbag system
-Side curtain airbag system
-Seat belt tensioner
●Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
VSA® (Vehicle
Stability Assist)
System Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Blinks when VSA® is active.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.
●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka
ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
System P. 426
VSA® (Vehicle
Stability Assist)
OFF Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.
2VSA® On and Off P. 427 —
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 74 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Door and Tailgate
Open Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if any door or the tailgate
is not completely closed.
●The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door or the tailgate
is opened while driving.
●Goes off when all doors and tailgate are
closed.
Parking Sensor
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●A corresponding indicator comes on
when an obstacle is detected while
parking.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the parking sensor system. The
beeper sounds.
●Comes on without any obstacles or
when you are not parking - Check if
the area around the sensor(s) is covered
with mud, ice, snow, etc. If the
indicator(s) stays on even after you
clean the area, have the system checked
by a dealer.
—
Daytime Running
Lights Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the DRL system.
●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Daytime Running Lights P. 150
—
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 75 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
TPMS Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the TPMS, or when a compact spare
tire is temporarily installed.
●Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is
fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
—
Low Tire Pressure
Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if the tire pressure of any
of the tires becomes significantly
low.
●Comes on for a while and then goes
off when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
●Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire is temporarily installed.
●Comes on while driving - Stop in a
safe place, check tire pressures, and
inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
●Blinks and remains on - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the
vehicle is fitted with a compact spare,
get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle
as soon as you can.
Models with
information
display
Models with
information
display
Models with
multi-
information
display
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Models with multi-information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 76 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
System Message
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.
●While the indicator is on, press the /
(information) button to see the
message again.
●Refer to the Indicators information in
this chapter when a system message
appears on the multi-information
display. Take the appropriate action for
the message.
●The multi-information display does not return
to the normal screen unless the warning is
canceled, or the / (information)
button is pressed.
—
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●The turn signal indicators blink when
you operate the turn signal lever.
●If you press the hazard warning
button, both indicators and all turn
signals blink at the same time.
●Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
turn signal light bulb has blown.
Change the bulb immediately.
2Replacing Light Bulbs
P. 480, 481
—
High Beam
Indicator
●Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on. ——
Lights On
Indicator
●Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO* when the exterior
lights are on.
●If you remove the key from the ignition
switch*1 while the lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver's door is
opened.
—
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 77 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Fog Light
Indicator*
●Comes on when the fog lights are
on. ——
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●Comes on briefly when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w*1, then
goes off.
●Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●Blinks - You cannot start the engine.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1,
pull the key out, and then insert the key
and turn it to ON (w*1 again.
●Repeatedly blinks - The system may
be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems can occur.
—
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 78 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Security System
Alarm Indicator*
●Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set. 2Security System Alarm* P. 135 —
Smart Entry
System Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the smart entry system or
push button starting system.
●Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Starter System
Indicator*
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the starter system. ●As a temporary measure, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP button for
up to 15 seconds while pressing the
brake pedal and manually start the
engine. Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
●As a temporary measure, hold the
ignition switch to START (e for up to
15 seconds and start the engine. Have
the vehicle checked by a dealer.
—
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 79 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:On the left: Models with information display
On the right: Models with multi-information display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*2
Forward
Collision
Warning
(FCW)
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds
when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w*1, then goes
off.
●Comes on when you have
customized FCW to turn off.
●Comes on if there is a problem
with the FCW system.
●Stays on constantly without FCW off - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●Blinks when the system detects
a likely collision with a vehicle
in front of you. The beeper
sounds.
●Blinks while driving - Take appropriate action to prevent
a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.). — —
●Comes on when the FCW
system shuts itself off.
●Stays on - The temperature inside the FCW system is too
high. The system activates when the temperature inside the
system cools down.
2Automatic shutoff P. 420
●Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and
message come back on after you cleaned the area around
the camera.
2Automatic shutoff P. 420
2Automatic shutoff P. 420 — —
Models with information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 80 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:On the left: Models with information display
On the right: Models with multi-information display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*2
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the LDW system.
●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●Blinks when your vehicle is too close
to the lane lines. The beeper sounds.
●Blinks while driving - Take
appropriate action to keep your vehicle
within the lane lines.
— —
●Comes on when the LDW system
shuts itself off.
●Stays on - The temperature inside the
LDW camera is too high.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2LDW Camera P. 424
●Stays on - The area around the camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back
on after you cleaned the area around
the camera.
2LDW Camera P. 424
Models with information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 81 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Fuel Economy
Indicator
●Comes on and stays on while you are
driving with good fuel economy. ——
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
●Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button. 2Cruise Control P. 415 —
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
●Comes on if you have set a speed for
cruise control. 2Cruise Control P. 415 —
Washer Level
Indicator*
●Comes on when the washer fluid is
low.
●Refill the washer fluid.
2Refilling Window Washer Fluid
P. 474
—
Maintenance
Minder Indicator*
●Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon. 2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455 —
Power Tailgate
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the power tailgate system.
●Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - You can still open or
close the tailgate manually. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. —
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 82 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*
Power Sliding
Door Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the power sliding door system.
●Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Turn off the main
switch and manually operate the power
sliding doors. Have the vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2Opening/Closing the Power
Sliding Doors* P. 129
—
BSI (Blind Spot
Information)
Indicator*
●Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w*1, then goes off.
●Stays on while BSI is turned off.
●Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
●Comes on if there is a problem with
the system.
—
●Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
●Comes on while driving - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 83 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
84
uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
The following messages appear only on the information display.
Message Condition Explanation
●Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed. 2Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 529
●Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Checking the Battery P. 499
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 84 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
85
uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button
to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.
●Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after
moving the shift lever to (P.
●Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. —
●Appears when the steering wheel is locked. ●Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button at the same time.
●Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the smart entry remote inside the vehicle.
●Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
●Appears when the smart entry remote’s battery
becomes weak.
●Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500
Models with smart entry system
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 85 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
86
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the / (information) button to see the message again
with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed. 2Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 529
●Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
●Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE
PAST DUE follow.
2Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display P. 460
●Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high. 2Overheating P. 526
●Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Checking the Battery P. 499
●Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system. The beeper sounds.
●Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even
after you clean the area, have the system checked by a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 86 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
87
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Continued
Instrument Panel
●Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system. ●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Daytime Running Lights P. 150
●Appears when the starting system has a problem. ●As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the
brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●Appears when the washer fluid is low. ●Refill the washer fluid.
2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 474
Message Condition Explanation
U.S.
Canada
Canadian models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 87 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
88
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
●Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
●Manually open or close the power tailgate.
●Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
●Appears if there is a problem with the power sliding
door system.
●Turn off the main switch and manually operate the
power sliding doors.
●Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors* P. 129
Message Condition Explanation
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 88 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
89
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with
a vehicle in front of you.
●Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the
brakes, change lanes, etc.).
2Forward Collision Warning (FCW)* P. 418
●Appears when your vehicle is too close to the traffic
lane lines. The beeper sounds.
●Take appropriate action to keep your vehicle within the
lane lines.
2Lane Departure Warning (LDW)* P. 422
●Appears while you are customizing the settings and
the shift lever is moved out of (P.2Customized Features P. 99
●Appears if you try to go to CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS
from the multi-information display while the audio/
information screen shows the Vehicle Setings
menu.
●Select either display to customize a setting. You cannot
have CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS displayed on the multi-
information display and Vehicle Settings on the audio/
information screen simultaneously.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
●Appears when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON. 2Starting the Engine P. 407
●Appears when the steering wheel is locked. ●Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 89 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
90
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button to turn the engine off without the shift lever
in (P.
●Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after
moving the shift lever to (P.
●Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
●Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
●Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 145
●Appears when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak.
●Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500
●Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too
weak to start the engine or the key is not with you to
start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
●Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 90 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
91
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●Appears three seconds after the TO START, HOLD
REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON, then TO START
VEHICLE messages appeared sequentially.
●Unless you bring the smart entry remote in front of the
ENGINE START/STOP button, this message does not
appear.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 91 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
92
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Speedometer
■Tachometer
■Fuel Gauge
■Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
If the temperature gauge pointer is in the upper
zone, the engine is in danger or overheating.
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safety to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2Overheating P. 526
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 92 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
93
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Information Display*
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.
Press the (Select/Reset) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
■Switching the Display
■Odometer
Engine oil life
Trip meter B
Average fuel economy
Trip meter A
Instant fuel economy
Range
(estimated distance)
Outside temperature*
Odometer
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 93 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*
94
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.
■Trip Meter
■Instant Fuel Economy
■Average Fuel Economy
■Engine Oil Life
■Range
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob.
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2Customized Features P. 295
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 94 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
95
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■Adjusting the outside temperature indicator
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5ºF or ±3ºC if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.
2. Press and hold the (Select/Reset) knob
for 10 seconds or more.
uThe information display shows the reset
mode initial display.
3. Select outside temperature with the
knob.
4. Press and hold the knob for a few
seconds to enter the outside temperature
setting mode.
5. Turn the knob to adjust the
temperature.
6. Press and release the knob.
uThe new outside temperature is now
entered.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
■Outside Temperature*
1Outside Temperature*
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
1Adjusting the outside temperature indicator
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5ºF or ±3ºC.
Reset Mode Initial Display
Oil Life
Outside Temperature
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 95 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
96
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display*
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Press the / (information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the
display.
■Switching the Display
SEL/RESET
Button
Average fuel economy/
Instant fuel economy
Average Speed
/ Button
Engine oil life Trip meter B
Trip meter A
Odometer
Customize Settings
Elapsed Time
Range
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 96 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 97
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.
Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.
■Odometer
■Trip Meter
■Average Fuel Economy
■Instant Fuel Economy
■Range
■Elapsed Time
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 97 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
98
Instrument Panel
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last time Trip A
or Trip B was reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
■Average Speed
■Engine Oil Life
■Outside Temperature
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display's customized
features to correct the temperature.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 98 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 99
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
■How to customize
Select the CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS by pressing the / button while the
power mode is in ON. Press the SEL/RESET button.
■Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the /
button.
2List of customizable options P. 102
2Example of customization settings P. 105
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) on the GROUP screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door.
The customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
When you customize settings:
Shift to (P.
Customizing is also available from the audio/
information screen.
You cannot have CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS displayed
on the multi-information display while the audio/
information screen shows the Vehicle Settings
menu.
2Customized Features P. 295
SEL/RESET Button
Enters the selected item.
/ Button
Changes the customize
menu and items.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 99 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
100
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
■Customization flow
Press the / button.
SEL/RESET
CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY
LANGUAGE SELECTION
“TRIP B” RESET TIMING
“TRIP A” RESET TIMING
FORWARD COLLISION WARNING DISTANCE
BLIND SPOT INFO
DRIVING POSITION SETUP MEMORY POSITION LINKSEL/RESET
KEYLESS ACCESS SETUP SEL/RESET
DOOR UNLOCK MODE
KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP
KEYLESS ACCESS LIGHT FLASH
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
SETUP
METER SETUP
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 100 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
101
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Continued
Instrument Panel
EXIT
DEFAULT ALL
SEL/RESET
POWER TAILGATE SETUP
KEYLESS OPEN MODE
POWER OPEN BY OUTER HANDLE
SEL/RESET
DOOR SETUP SEL/RESET
AUTO DOOR LOCK
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK
KEY AND REMOTE UNLOCK MODE
PSD KEYLESS OPEN MODE
KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT
LIGHTING SETUP
INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME
AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMERSEL/RESET
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 101 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
102
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
■List of customizable options
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
DRIVER
ASSIST
SYSTEM
SETUP
FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING DISTANCE Changes at which distance FCW alerts, or turns FCW
on and off. LONG/NORMAL*1/SHORT/
OFF
BLIND SPOT INFO Changes the setting for the blind spot information. AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALERT*1/
VISUAL ALERT/OFF
METER
SETUP
LANGUAGE SELECTION Changes the displayed language. ENGLISH*1/FRENCH/SPANISH
ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.
DISPLAY Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada)
“TRIP A” RESET TIMING
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average
fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.
WITH REFUEL/IGN OFF/
MANUALLY RESET*1
”TRIP B” RESET TIMING
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average
fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.
WITH REFUEL/IGN OFF/
MANUALLY RESET*1
POSITION
SETUP
MEMORY POSITION
LINK Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored setting. ON*1/OFF
KEYLESS
ACCESS
SYSTEM
SETUP
DOOR UNLOCK MODE Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle. DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS
KEYLESS ACCESS LIGHT
FLASH Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/
lock the doors. ON*1/OFF
KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.
ON*1/OFF
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 102 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
103
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
LIGHTING
SETUP
INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF
TIMER Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on
after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec
AUTO LIGHT
SENSITIVITY Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. MAX/HIGH/MID*1/LOW/MIN
DOOR SETUP
AUTO DOOR LOCK Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature. WITH VEH SPD*1/SHIFT
FROM P/OFF
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
DRIVER DOOR WITH SHIFT
TO P*1/ALL DOORS WITH
SHIFT TO P/DRIVER DOOR
WITH IGN OFF/ALL DOORS
WITH IGN OFF/OFF
KEY AND REMOTE
UNLOCK MODE Changes which doors unlock with the remote
transmitter on a first push. DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS
PSD KEYLESS OPEN
MODE Changes the keyless setting for when the power
sliding door opens. ANYTIME*1/WHEN
UNLOCKED
KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
LOCK/UNLOCK - The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push) - The beeper sounds. ON*1/OFF
SECURITY RELOCK
TIMER
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle
without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec*1
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 103 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
104
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
POWER
TAILGATE
SETUP
KEYLESS OPEN MODE Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens. ANYTIME*1/WHEN
UNLOCKED
POWER OPEN BY
OUTER HANDLE Changes the setting to open the power tailgate by
the tailgate outer handle. OFF (MANUALLY)/ON
(POWER/MANUAL)*1
DEFAULT ALL Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default. CANCEL/SET
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 104 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
105
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Continued
Instrument Panel
■Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “TRIP A” RESET TIMING setting to WITH REFUEL are
shown below. The default setting for “TRIP A” RESET TIMING is MANUALLY
RESET.
1. Press the / button to select
CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS, then press the
SEL/RESET button.
2. Press the / button until METER
SETUP appears on the display.
3. Press the SEL/RESET button.
uLANGUAGE SELECTION appears first
on the display.
4. Press the / button until “TRIP A”
RESET TIMING appears on the display,
then press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select WITH REFUEL, IGN OFF,
MANUALLY RESET, or EXIT.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 105 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
106
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*
Instrument Panel
5. Press the / button and select WITH
REFUEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe WITH REFUEL SETUP screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customize menu screen.
6. Press the / button until EXIT
appears on the display, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 106 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
107
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 108
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 110
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
..... 112
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside..... 113
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside... 118
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 119
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 120
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 121
Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors
...... 127
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 135
Security System Alarm*.................... 135
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 138
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
..... 141
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch*............................... 142
ENGINE START/STOP Button*........... 143
Ignition Switch and Power Mode
Comparison ................................... 146
Turn Signals..................................... 147
Light Switches.................................. 147
Fog Lights*...................................... 150
Daytime Running Lights ................... 150
Wipers and Washers ........................ 151
Brightness Control ........................... 153
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button ..154
Driving Position Memory System*.... 155
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 157
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 158
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 158
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 159
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 161
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 176
Interior Lights .................................. 176
Interior Convenience Items .............. 178
Heating and Cooling*
Using Vents, Heating and A/C.......... 194
Climate Control System*
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 198
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 203
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 107 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
108
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.
■Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,
then Clock Adjustment.
2. Move or to select Clock.
Rotate to select Clock Adjustment,
then press .
3. Rotate to change hour, then press .
4. Rotate to change minute, then press .
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select secondary menu.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2Customized Features P. 295
You can turn the clock display on and off.
2Customized Features P. 295
Models with navigation system
Models with one display
Models with two displays
All models
Models without navigation system
Models with one display
Models with two displays
All models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 108 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
109
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
■Using the SETTINGS button
1. Press and hold the CLOCK (SETTINGS)
button until the clock display blinks.
2. Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to
adjust the time.
3. Press the CLOCK button again to set the
time.
1Using the SETTINGS button
To set the time to the nearest hour: Press and hold
the CLOCK button until the clock display blinks, then
press the (6 (Reset) button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets
forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00
Models with one display
(5 (Minute) Button
CLOCK (SETTINGS) Button
(6 (Reset) Button
(4 (Hour) Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 109 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
110
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate. You can also use the remote transmitter or smart entry system* to lock and
unlock the doors and to open the tailgate.
■Smart entry remote*
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-
in key, push the built-in key into the smart
entry remote until it clicks.
■Master Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All of the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2Immobilizer System P. 135
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•Keep the keys away from liquids.
•Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
Models without
smart entry system
Models with smart
entry system
Models with smart entry
system and power tailgate
Release Knob
Built-in Key
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 110 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
111
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Controls
Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■Valet Key*
1Valet Key*
When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.
Gray
■Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 111 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
112
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*
Controls
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and the tailgate, opening the power sliding door and the power
tailgate*, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the power sliding door
and the power tailgate*, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may
be unstable:
•Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
•You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
•A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 112 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
113
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors
and the tailgate lock, and the security
system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
uA beeper sounds and verifies the security
system* is set.
■Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2Interior Lights P. 176
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system only when the
power mode in VEHICLE OFF.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
Unlock
Button
LED
Lock
Button
Unlock
Button Lock
Button
LED
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 113 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
114
Controls
■Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
uThe remaining doors and the tailgate unlock.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is
probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 114 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 115
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the tailgate within
about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the
tailgate outer handle.
■Locking the doors and the tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front door
or the tailgate.
uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
■Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*
Door Lock Button
Lock Button
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*
•Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
•The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
•If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door
sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond
by unlocking the doors.
•You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle
after two seconds of unlocking it.
•The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not
be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart entry
remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
•The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is
probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500
You can customize the door lock mode and keyless
lock acknowledgement setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 115 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
116
Controls
■Unlocking the doors and the tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
uThe driver’s door unlocks.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door or rear door
handle:
uAll doors and the tailgate unlock.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press and hold the tailgate outer handle.
uAll doors and the tailgate unlock and
open.
uSome exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the
Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle
P. 122
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically
relock.
The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be
customized.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the
Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle
P. 122
Tailgate Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 116 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
117
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab rearward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
■Locking the passenger's doors
Push the lock tab rearward and close the door.
■Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch*1, or
the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all of the
other doors and the tailgate lock at the same time.
When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn
the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock
the remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
Lock Unlock
■Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
and the tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 117 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
118
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■Locking a door
Pull the lock tab.
■Unlocking a door
Push the lock tab in.
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
■Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all of the other doors and the tailgate
lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
■Using the Master Door Lock Switch*
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch*
When you lock/unlock the driver's door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
The front passenger’s door also has the master door
lock switch.
To Unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To Lock
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 118 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
119
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■When opening the sliding door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
The door pillar switches become disabled.
2Power Sliding Door Switches P. 131
Unlock
Lock
Models with power sliding doors
Lock
Unlock
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 119 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
120
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and the tailgate and unlocks the driver’s door
automatically when a certain condition is met.
■Drive lock mode
All doors and the tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15
km/h).
■Park unlock mode
The driver’s door unlocks when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal
depressed.
■Auto Door Locking
■Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen or multi-information display*.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 120 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
121
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
■Opening the tailgate
•Open the tailgate all the way.
uIf it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
•Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
■Closing the tailgate
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
uAvoid possible damage.
uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits their
head or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious
if children are around.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
the path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the tailgate.
Models with power tailgate
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 121 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
122
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate
Outer Handle and Inner Handle
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked. Press and hold the tailgate outer
handle and lift open the tailgate.
Even if the tailgate is locked, you can open the
tailgate if you carry the smart entry remote.
When the Power Tailgate Open By Outer
Handle setting is On (Power/Manual), you
can operate the power tailgate by pressing
and releasing the tailgate outer handle.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
To manually close the tailgate, grab the inner
handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it
closed from outside.
Tailgate
Outer
Handle
Models with smart entry system
Models with power tailgate
Inner
Handle
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 122 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
123
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
smart entry remote or instrument panel, or pressing the handle or button on the
tailgate.
■The power tailgate can be opened when:
•The tailgate is fully closed.
•The shift lever is in (P.
•Press and hold the tailgate button on the smart entry remote for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
uIf you have changed the Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode setting to
When Unlocked, you need to unlock the tailgate before you press the tailgate
button to open it.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
■The power tailgate can be closed when:
•The tailgate is fully open.
•The shift lever is in (P.
•Press and hold the tailgate button on the smart entry remote for about one
second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
•The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
•The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
•The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than
genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate
may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 123 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
124
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate.
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
■Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
■Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. Three beeps sound.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
Power
Tailgate
Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 124 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 125
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
The beeper sounds and some exterior lights
flash.
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is closing, it stops and reverses
direction.
■Power Tailgate Button
Power
Tailgate
Button
■Power Tailgate Close Button
1Power Tailgate Close Button
If you press the power tailgate close button while the
tailgate is automatically opening or closing, the
power tailgate operation stops. Use caution if the
tailgate stops in the middle of either operation. It may
suddenly swing up or down.
Power Tailgate
Close Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 125 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*
126
Controls
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■Auto-Closer
■Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you push
the tailgate release button while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 126 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
127
Controls
Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the sliding doors.
■Opening the sliding doors
Open the door all the way until it stops.
uIf it is not fully opened, the door may close again by its own weight.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors
Do not leave the sliding door open while parking on
a slope. The door may slide close by its weight.
When opening or closing the sliding doors, do not
grab the door or place your hand on the vehicle body.
Use the handle.
Do not put your foot and hand on the sliding door rail
and on the rollers.
If a small child is in the vehicle, use the childproof
door locks to prevent the child in the rear seat from
accidentally opening the sliding doors.
2Childproof Door Locks P. 119
Do not put any items that stick out from the pocket
in the door pockets. It may prevent the doors from
properly opening or closing, and damage the vehicle.
3
WARNING
Closing a sliding door while any part of a
passenger is in the door’s path can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all passengers are clear of the
doorway before closing a sliding door.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 127 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
128
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing a Sliding Door
Controls
Opening/Closing a Sliding Door
■From outside
To open: Pull the door handle rearward and
slide the door.
To close: Pull the door handle forward and
slide the door.
■From inside
To open: Grab the inner handle and pull it
rearward. Slide the door.
To close: Grab the inner handle and pull it
forward. Slide the door.
1Opening/Closing a Sliding Door
Once a door is fully opened, the door position is
locked.
Do not step on the cover that stores the wiring for
the sliding door. The wiring is likely to get damaged,
causing the sliding door operation to malfunction.
If you try to open the sliding door with the window
open more than 3 inch (8 cm), the door stops
halfway. Close the door, close the window, and then
open the door again.
While the fuel fill door is open, you cannot open the
driver side sliding door. Operate the door after the
fuel fill door is closed.
If you try to open the driver side power sliding door
while the fuel fill door is open, the beeper sounds and
the door stops.
Cover
Models with power sliding doors
Door Handle
Inner Handle
Close
Open
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 128 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
129
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
The power sliding doors can be operated by pressing the power sliding door button
on the smart entry remote, pressing the power sliding door switches on the
dashboard or door pillars, or using the door handle.
The power sliding doors can be operated when:
•The sliding door main switch is in the ON position.
•The power sliding door is unlocked.
•The fuel fill door is closed (on the driver side sliding door only).
•The power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) when using the smart entry remote.
•The shift lever is in (P, the brake pedal is depressed, or the parking brake is
applied (with the power mode in ON) when using the power sliding door switches
on the dashboard.
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
If you move the shift lever out of (P, and release the
brake pedal and the parking brake:
While opening – The sliding door stops and is left
ajar.
While closing – The beeper sounds until the door
closes.
Check that passengers, especially children, do not
have their hands on the sliding doors or on the door
pillars before its operation. If someone is caught in
the opening or closing sliding door, it can cause
serious injury.
Before replacing a rear tire, turn the power sliding
door main switch to OFF.
Operate the power sliding doors only when the
vehicle is at a complete stop. Make sure you apply the
brake when rear passengers are boarding or exiting.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 129 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
130
Controls
■Switching between manual and automatic operations
Automatic operation: Select the ON
position of the sliding door main switch.
Manual operation: Select the OFF position
of the sliding door main switch.
2Opening/Closing a Sliding Door P. 128
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
Do not turn the main switch off while the power
sliding door is in operation on a slope. The power
sliding door’s fail-safe mode activates and the beeper
sounds continuously.
When the fail-safe mode is active, turn the main
switch on and close the door automatically.
The following can deactivate the fail-safe mode and
the sliding door may close by its own weight.
•Using the door handle
•Turning the main switch from ON to OFF
If you replace the battery or the power sliding door
fuse while the door is open, the power sliding door
may be disabled. The power sliding door resumes
once you manually close the door.
OFF ON
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 130 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 131
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
Controls
The power sliding door opens when you press
the OPEN side of the / switch, and
closes when you press the CLOSE side of the
/ switch.
While the power sliding door is in operation, if
you press the switch that corresponds to that
power sliding door, the beeper sounds and
the operation stops.
To resume the power sliding door operation,
press the same switch again.
■Power Sliding Door Switches
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
Auto Reverse
Do not touch the pinch sensor located at the front edge
of the power sliding door. Do not damage the sensor.
The power sliding door may not operate properly.
If the power sliding door senses resistance when
closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction. The beeper sounds.
Before the power sliding door operation, make sure
there are no people or obstacles near the door. The
auto reverse function should be activated in case of
emergency only. If someone is caught in the opening
or closing sliding door, it can cause serious injury. Pay
special attention to children.
Closing a power sliding door on someone’s hand or
fingers can cause serious injury. Some parts of the
door edge do not sense resistance when the door is
near closing.
Pinch
Sensor
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 131 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
132
Controls
Press the power sliding door button for more
than one second to operate.
While the power sliding door is in operation, if
you press the button that corresponds to that
power sliding door, the beeper sounds and
the operation stops.
If you press the same button again, the sliding
door reverses its direction.
■Customizing when to open the sliding doors
Anytime: The power sliding door unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The door opens when all doors are unlocked.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
■Smart Entry Remote
1Smart Entry Remote
When you press the power sliding door button to
open the door, the front door on the same side
unlocks.
Driver’s Side Power Sliding
Door Button
Passenger’s Side Power Sliding
Door Button
1Customizing when to open the sliding doors
When you select When Unlocked, you will hear
three short beeps.
When you select Any Time, you will hear one long
beep.
In When Unlocked, trying to operate the power
sliding door without unlocking the door triggers the
beeper to sound.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 132 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
133
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
Controls
■Outer handles
Pull up on the outer handle towards you. The
sliding door starts opening or closing.
■Inner handles
Pull it rearward to automatically open the
sliding door, and pull it forward to
automatically close the door.
While the power sliding door is in operation, if you pull either handle that
corresponds to that power sliding door, the beeper sounds and the operation stops.
To resume the power sliding door operation, pull the same handle in the same
direction again.
■Door Handles
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*
The beeper sounds and the power sliding door does
not open when you pull the inner or outer handle
under the following conditions:
•The power mode is in ON.
•The shift lever is in other than (P .
•The brake pedal is released.
•The parking brake is released.
If you leave the power sliding door half open on a
steep hill with the engine off, the door starts to
sliding down towards the hill bottom after 30
minutes. While the door is sliding down, the beeper
sounds.
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
Close
Open
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 133 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
134
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuAuto-Closer
Controls
Auto-Closer
If you manually close the power sliding door, it latches automatically.
The auto-closer feature activates with or without the main switch ON. The only
exception is when the fuel fill door is open with the main switch ON.
1Auto-Closer
Keep your hands away from the power sliding door.
The manually closed door latches automatically when
it is half-shut.
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you keep
pulling the inner or outer handle and while the sliding
door is closing.
Do not put any force on the power sliding door while
the door is latching.
Models with power sliding door
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 134 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
135
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
•Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch or the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
•Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
•Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.
Security System Alarm*
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood, or doors are opened
without the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system*.
■When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and all of the exterior lights flash.
■To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm*
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 135 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm*
136
Controls
■Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
•The ignition switch is in LOCK (0*1, and the key has been removed from the
ignition switch.
•The hood is closed.
•All doors and the tailgate are locked with the key, the remote transmitter or smart
entry system.
■When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key,
remote transmitter, or smart entry sytem, or the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w*1. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Security System Alarm*
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•Opening the tailgate with the power tailgate
button on the dashboard.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.
Models with power tailgate
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 136 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
137
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm*
Controls
■The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
•The horn sounds.
•Some exterior lights flash.
■Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or
turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 137 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
138
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w*1, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open
and close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver's seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.
■Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To stop the
window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.
■Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 138 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
139
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Continued
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button twice
within 10 seconds and hold it down for the
second time. If the windows stop midway,
repeat the procedure.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
2nd row seat
■Opening the Windows and Moonroof* with the Remote
Transmitter
Unlock
Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 139 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
140
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.
■Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof* with the Key
Close Open
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 140 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
141
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof*
You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1. Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2Opening the Windows and Moonroof*
with the Remote Transmitter P. 139
2Opening/Closing the Windows and
Moonroof* with the Key P. 140
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close Tilt
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 141 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
142
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch*
1Ignition Switch*
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in (P.
If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY
(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of
the key.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 142 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
143
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*
Continued
Controls
ENGINE START/STOP Button*
■Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button*
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the smart entry remote battery is weak, the beeper
sounds and the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR
START BUTTON message appears on the multi-
information display*.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 521
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked. The power to all electrical
components is turned off.
Press the button without the shift lever in (P.
Shift to (P then press the button.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in this
position.
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be used.
Indicator
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 143 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
144
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
■Automatic Power Off
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 144 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
145
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the information display or multi-information
display notifies the driver inside that the
remote is out.
■When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■Power Mode Reminder
■Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 145 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
146
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Controls
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Ignition Switch
Position
LOCK (0)
(with/without
the key)
ACCESSORY (I) ON (II) START (III)
Without Smart Entry
System
●Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●The steering wheel is
locked.
●No electrical
components can be
used.
●Engine is turned off.
●Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
●Normal key position
while driving.
●All electrical components
can be used.
●Use this position to start
the engine.
●The ignition switch
returns to the ON (II)
position when you
release the key.
Power Mode VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)
ACCESSORY ON START
With Smart Entry
System and ENGINE
START/STOP
Button
Indicator-Off
●Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●The steering wheel is
locked.
●No electrical
components can be
used.
Indicator-On or blinking
●Engine is turned off.
●Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
Indicator-
On (engine is turned off)
Off (engine is running)
●All electrical components
can be used.
Indicator-Off
●The mode automatically
returns to ON after the
engine starts.
Indicator is: On Off
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 146 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
147
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Continued
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w*1.
■One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
The feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch*1.
■High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Right Turn
Left Turn
■Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
with the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds
when you open the driver’s door.
If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2Lights On Indicator P. 77
Repeatedly turning the headlights on and off reduces
the life of the HID headlight bulbs. If you sense that
the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with high voltage discharge tube bulb
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and rear license plate
lights
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 147 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
148
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
uYou can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Automatic Lighting Control*
1Automatic Lighting Control*
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
MAX
HIGH
MID
LOW
MIN
Light Sensor
Bright
Dark
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 148 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
149
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.
uYou can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1 with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Headlight Integration with Wiper*
■Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Headlight Integration with Wiper*
This feature activates during the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 149 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
150
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*
Controls
Fog Lights*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
•The ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
•The headlight switch is off.
•The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Fog Lights*
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2Fog Light Indicator* P. 78
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 150 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
151
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Continued
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
■MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■Adjusting the delay
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.
■Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Long delay
Short delay
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 151 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
152
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
■Wiper switch (OFF, ON)
The wiper operates intermittently after
completing a few sweeps.
■Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to (R with the front wiper activated, the rear wiper
operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Rear Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the ignition
switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0*1, then
remove the obstacle.
The wiper motor is equipped with a breaker that may
stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an
overload. Wiper operation will return to normal
within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to
normal.
ON: Intermittent
Washer
OFF
Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation
INT (Intermittent) Intermittent
LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe) Continuous
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 152 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
153
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w*1, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display*/multi-information
display* will return to its original state several
seconds after you adjust the brightness.
■Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display*/multi-information
display* while you are adjusting it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
Pressing the (Select/Reset) knob or the /
(information) button* switches the display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
exterior lights are on.
Control Knob
On multi-information display
On information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 153 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
154
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors*
automatically switch off after 20 minutes.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.
Models with heating and cooling system
Models with climate control system
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 154 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
155
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*
Continued
Controls
Driving Position Memory System*
You can store two driver’s seat and outside mirrors position with the driving position
memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote, the seat and outside
mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.
The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to
unlock the vehicle when you enter.
•DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
•DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
1Driving Position Memory System*
Using the audio/information screen or multi-
information display, you can disable the automatic
seat and door mirrors adjustment function.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 155 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*
156
Controls
1. Adjust the driver’s seat and the door mirrors
to the desired position, and set the power
mode to ON.
2. Press the SET button.
uYou will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
uOnce the seat and the outside mirrors
position has been memorized, the
indicator light on the button you pressed
stays on.
1. Move the shift lever to (P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
uYou will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
The seat and the door mirrors will
automatically move to the memorized
position. When it has finished moving, you
will hear the beeper, and the indicator light
stays on.
■Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•You readjust the door mirrors.
•You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
■Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you:
•Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or
(2).
•Adjust the seat position.
•Adjust the door mirrors.
•Shift into any position except (P.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 156 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
157
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down.
uThe steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
uMake sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
uAfter adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 157 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
158
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror always reduces the
glare from headlights behind you, based in
inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is
always active.
■Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 161
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
Up
Down
■Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in (R.
Sensor
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 158 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
159
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Continued
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w*1.
■Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■Folding door mirrors*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
Folding Button*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 159 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
160
Controls
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the shift lever in (R; this improves close-in
visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you shift
out of (R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
■Reverse Tilt Door Mirror*
Slide the selector switch to left or
right to tilt down either side
door mirror.
■Expanded View Driver's Mirror
1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 160 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
161
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■Adjusting the front power seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The second and third row seats
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Seat-back
Angle
Adjustment
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
(Driver’s seat
only)*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 161 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
162
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
■Adjusting the passenger’s manual seats
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment*
Pull the strap to change
the angle.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up strap on the
right to change the
angle of the right halves
of the seat-back, and
left for the left halves.
Second row seat
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to move
the seat, then release
the bar.
Third row seat
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 162 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 163
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 163 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
164
Controls
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■Adjusting the Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 164 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
165
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Continued
Controls
■Adjusting the front and second row outer and third row outer head
restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 165 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
166
Controls
A passenger sitting in the second row/third
row center seating position should adjust the
height of their head restraint to an
appropriate position before the vehicle begins
moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■Changing the Second Row*/Third Row Center Seat Head
Restraint Positions
■Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
To remove the third row seat outer head restraints,
fold down the seat-back first.
2Adjusting the passenger’s manual seats
P. 162
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 166 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 167
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
■Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 167 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
168
Controls
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active head restraints. In a rear impact,
an occupant properly secured by a seat belt will be pushed against the seat-back and
the head restraint will move forward. This reduces the distance between the
restraint and the occupant’s head, which helps reduce the likelihood of whiplash
and injuries to the neck and upper spine.
■Active Head Restraints
1Active Head Restraints
In order for the active head restraints to operate
properly:
•Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•Install each restraint in its proper location.
After a collision, the activated restraint should return
to its normal position. If the restraint does not return
to its normal position, or in the event of a severe
collision, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 168 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
169
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Continued
Controls
Rear Seats
Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever, or pulling the release strap tilts the
second row outer seat’s seat-back forward.
Slide the whole seat forward.
■Third Row Seat Access
1Third Row Seat Access
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to
trip over the second row seat belt. If necessary, move
the seat forward after tilting the seat-back forward.
Lever
Strap
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 169 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
170
Controls
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Move the seat to its rearmost position.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
4. Pull the lock release lever, and lift the rear
of the seat.
uTo lift the seat, grab the handle under
the rear side of the seat cushion.
5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it
upward.
uThis unhooks the front of the seat from
the floor.
■Removing a Second Row Outer Seat
1Removing a Second Row Outer Seat
Do not remove the seat while driving.
To reinstall the seat, hook the front of the seat to the
floor first. Pushing the rear of the seat-back locks the
seat in place. Make sure the seat is latched before
driving.
Handle
Seat-back Angle
adjustment Lever
Lock Release Lever
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 170 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 171
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Move the seat to its rearmost position.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
4. Pull the lock release lever, and lift the rear
of the seat.
uTo lift the seat, grab the handle under
the rear side of the seat cushion.
5. With the front of the seat hooked to the
floor, slide the seat laterally to the outer
position until it stops.
6. Lower the seat and push the rear of the
seat-back until it locks. Make sure the seat
is latched before driving.
■Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats Outward
1Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats Outward
When the second row outer seats are in the original
(center) position, passengers have easier access to the
third row seats. When they are in the outer position,
you can install two or three child seats in the second
row seats.
Handle Slide
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 171 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
172
Controls
Your vehicle’s multi-functional second row center seat is removable.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key
into the slot on the side of the anchor
buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 35
3. Pull up the adjustment strap, and fold down
the seat-back.
4. Pull the lock release strap under the seat
cushion, and lift the rear of the seat.
uTo lift the seat, hold the seat-back.
5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it
upward.
uThis unhooks the front of the seat from
the floor.
■Removing the Second Row Center Seat*
1Removing the Second Row Center Seat*
Do not remove the seat while driving.
The multi-functional center seat can be used as the
beverage holder when folded down.
2Beverage Holders P. 181
To reinstall the seat, hook the front of the seat to the
floor first. Pushing the rear of the seat-back locks the
seat in place. Make sure the seat is latched before
driving.
Adjustment Strap
Lock Release
Strap
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 172 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 173
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key
into the slot on the side of the anchor
buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 35
3. Lower the head restraints to their lowest
position.
4. The right and left halves can be tucked
away separately. Pull either strap to release
the front leg lock of the third row seat.
5. Continue pulling the strap to tuck the seat
and strap away into the cargo area.
■Tucking away the One-Motion Third row magic Seat®
1Tucking away the One-Motion Third row magic Seat®
Remove any items from the cargo area before you
tuck away the third row seat.
The instruction label is attached at the back of the
third row seat-back.
When you tuck away one side of the third row seats
and use the non-recessed part of the cargo area,
make sure to secure the cargo. Loose items can fly
forward and cause injury if you have to brake hard.
Straps
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 173 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
174
Controls
■To return the seat to the upright position:
1. Grab the handle from outside.
Pull up the folded seat and pivot it forward.
2. The front leg automatically latches.
Pull the strap to put the seat-back(s)
upright.
1To return the seat to the upright position:
Make sure the seat is latched before driving.
Handles
Straps
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 174 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
175
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
Pull down the armrest.
Pivot down the armrest all the way, then pull
it up to a desired angle.
Pull down the armrest of the center seat-back.
■Using the Front and Second Row Outer Seat Armrest
Front seat with adjustable armrest
■Using the Second and Third Row Seat Armrest*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 175 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
176
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ON
The interior lights come on regardless of whether
the doors or the tailgate are open or closed.
■Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following situations:
Front:
•
When any of the doors or the tailgate are opened.
•You unlock the driver's door.
•When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK)
•
You remove the key from the ignition switch.
Cargo area:
When the tailgate is open.
■OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors or the tailgate are open or
closed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out
and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
•When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it.
•When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
•When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
You can change the interior light dimming time.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•When you lock the driver's door.
•When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.
•When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode.
•When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
If you leave any of the doors open without the key in
the ignition switch, the interior lights go off after
about 15 minutes.
If you leave the tailgate open without the ignition
switch in ON (w*1, the cargo area light goes off after
about 30 minutes.
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Door
Activated
Position
Off
On
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Door
Activated
Position
Off
On
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 176 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
177
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
■Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
■Second and third row
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses when the front interior
light switch is in the door activated position.
■Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the front interior light switch is in the door
activated position and any door is open, the map
light will not go off when you press the lens.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 177 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
178
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key or
built-in key*.
Pull up on the lever to open the console
compartment.
■Removing the center console
Pull up the handle on the front lower side and
unlock the console from the floor. Raise it
forward to remove.
■Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
■Removable Center Console*
1Removable Center Console*
When you reinstall the center console, place the rear
side on the floor first, and align the marks on the
sides with the marks on the floor. Push the center
console down and lock it. Make sure it is securely
latched before driving.
Marks
Handle
Lever
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 178 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 179
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Pull up the ring until it clicks, and lift the tab.
Put a plastic bag in the ring. Push the tab
down to hold the bag.
■Flip-up Trash Bag Ring*
1Flip-up Trash Bag Ring*
The ring is designed to hold light items only. Store the
ring when it is not in use.
Ring
Tab
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 179 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
180
Controls
Press the button to open the center pocket.
■Using the center pocket as a cool box*
While the air conditioner is in use, you can
store items in the center pocket to keep them
cool.
Press the COOL BOX button to cool inside the
center pocket (indicator on).
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Center Pocket
Button
1Using the center pocket as a cool box*
NOTICE
Do not put opened cans, or uncovered containers
with loose ice inside the cool box. Spilled liquids can
damage the upholstery and electrical components in
and around the cool box.
The cool box is not a refrigerator. It only keeps chilled
beverages cool.
The climate control system continues to cool the cool
box when the heater is turned on.
Pressing the COOL BOX button automatically turns
on the air conditioning system.
The cool box automatically turns off if:
•The air conditioning system is turned off.
•You turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 180 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 181
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■Front panel beverage holder*
Pull the beverage holder arm inside the front
panel tray until the arm contacts the tray
front.
■Removable center console beverage
holders*
■Front seat beverage holders*
■Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Tray
Holder Arm
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 181 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
182
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■Second row seat beverage holders*
To use the beverage holder, fold the seat-
back.
2Using the Second and Third Row Seat
Armrest* P. 175
■Third row seat beverage holders
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 182 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 183
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w*1.
■Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 120
watts (10 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine run.
When each socket is being used simultaneously, the
combined power rating of the accessories should not
exceed 120 watts (10 amps).
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 183 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
184
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■Accessory power socket (cargo area)
Open the cover to use it.
Models with HondaVACTM
Models without
HondaVACTM
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 184 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 185
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running.
Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance
slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all
the way.
■AC Power Outlet*
1AC Power Outlet*
NOTICE
Do not use the AC power outlet for electric
appliances that require high initial peak wattage,
such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,
refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for
devices that process precise data, such as medical
equipment, and that require an extermely stable
power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for
up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or
less.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 185 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
186
Controls
There are coat hooks on the both side of the
grab handle and the window frame. Pull it
down to use it.
Use the cargo hooks to secure luggage in the
cargo area.
■Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
Second row
Third row
■Cargo Hooks
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 186 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 187
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■Front
Pull out the hook on the instrument panel
from the side.
■Rear
■Grocery Bag Hooks
1Grocery Bag Hooks
The hooks are designed to hold light items. Heavy
objects may damage the hook.
Hook
Hooks
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 187 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
188
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■Conversation mirror*
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent. You can use the
mirror to view the rear seats.
■Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Push
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 188 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 189
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
The appropriate indicator will be on while the
seat heater is on. Each time you press the
switch, the mode changes to HI, LO and off.
■Seat Heaters*
1Seat Heaters*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 189 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
190
Controls
■Second row sunshades
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
■Third row sunshades
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Attach the tab to the hook.
■Integrated Sunshades*
1Integrated Sunshades*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting
anyone sitting near the window.
Second
Row
Hooks
Tab
Third Row Hook
Tab
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 190 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 191
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Is an in-car vacuum system for cleaning the inside of your vehicle. The vacuum can
be operated with the engine running or for up to eight minutes without the engine
running.
■HondaVACTM*
1HondaVACTM*
NOTICE
The vacuum is intended for dry use only.
Water and other liquids can damage the vacuum.
3
WARNING
•Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide that builds up rapidly in
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness
and even kill you.
If running the engine to power the
vacuum, park the vehicle outdoors and
lower all windows to ensure adequate
ventilation.
•Do not vacuum flammable liquids or in
an area with flammable vapors.
A fire or explosion could result, causing
death or serious injury.
Open the upper lid
and pull out the
hose.
Install a desired attachment.
(Power)
Button
PWR SAVE
Indicator
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 191 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
192
Controls
■To operate:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY.
2. Start the engine.
3. Press the button to turn on the system.
1To operate:
The vacuum automatically shuts off and the PWR
SAVE indicator comes on if the system detects that
running the vacuum is over discharging the battery.
After seven minutes of operation:
The beeper sounds intermittently.
When eight minutes elapse:
The beeper sounds once and the PWR SAVE
indicator comes on. The vacuum automatically shuts
off.
To continue vacuuming, start the engine.
Operate the engine only when there is sufficient
ventilation.
Without engine running
With engine running
Without engine running
With engine running
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 192 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
193
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■To empty the canister or change the debris bag
1. Open the lower vacuum lid.
2. Push the lever in.
3. Rotate the canister down, then slide out from the track.
4. Push the three lid tabs outward and remove
the canister lid.
uThe debris bag and canister can be
accessed.
To reinstall the empty canister:
After sliding the canister into the track, push the lever in to lift the canister up.
Release the lever to lock the canister in position.
uThe orange unlocked decal should not be visible.
1To empty the canister or change the debris bag
Both the debris bag and the filter are replaceable.
Contact a dealer for component replacement
information.
The vacuum can be used with or without the bag.
If you find the vacuum performance poor or there is
no suction:
•Check if the canister is locked in position.
•Check if the hose is attached to the vacuum.
•Empty the canister or change the bag.
•Clean or replace the filter.
•Check the hose for clogs or damage.
Lower Vacuum Lid
Lever
Canister
Canister Lid
Three Lid Tabs
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 193 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
194
Controls
Heating and Cooling*
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
MODE Button
Change airflow.
Floor and
defroster
vents
Floor vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Dashboard
vents
Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan speed.
Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from the dashboard
vents, and switches the mode to recirculation.
A/C Button
Press to cool the interior or
dehumidify while heating.
Windshield Defroster Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from
the defroster vents at the base of the
windshield, and switches the mode to
fresh air.
Temperature Control Dial
Adjusts the interior temperature.
(Recirculation) Button
Press the button and
switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on):
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s
interior through the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off):
Maintains outside ventilation.
Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
(On/Off) Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 194 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 195
uuHeating and Cooling*uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
Controls
The heater uses heat from the engine coolant
to warm the air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Press the mode button to select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
■To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select .
3. Set the temperature to maximum heat.
4. Press the button (indicator on).
■To dehumidify the interior
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning.
3. Select .
4. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.
■Heating
1Heating
When you select , the mode automatically
switches to fresh air.
1To rapidly warm up the interior
Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 195 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuHeating and Cooling*uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
196
Controls
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Press the mode button to select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).
■To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum cool.
3. Press the button (indicator on).
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Press the button.
3. Press the button.
4. Set the temperature to maximum heat.
■Cooling
1To rapidly cool down the interior
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.
■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 196 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
197
uuHeating and Cooling*uRear A/C Controls
Controls
Rear A/C Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the button.
2. Adjust the temperature and the fan speed using the appropriate buttons. Select
the airflow to the rear passenger compartment using the mode button.
3. To turn off the rear A/C, press the button again.
Rear ceiling
vents
Rear floor
vents
Rear ceiling vents
and floor vents
Rear Temperature
Control Button
Rear Temperature
Control Button
(Rear On/Off)
Button / (Rear
Fan Control) Buttons
Mode Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 197 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
198
Controls
Climate Control System*
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
3. Press the button to cancel.
■Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental
conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
The compressor may turn on to prevent window
fogging, even if the display reads A/C OFF.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
Once you have set the desired temperature, do not use
the temperature control dials more than necessary.
Doing so may delay the time it takes to reach the set
temperature.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
Dashboard
vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Floor ventsFloor and
defroster
vents
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
(Recirculation)
Button
(On/Off) Button
SYNC (Synchronized)
Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Dial
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
MODE Button
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 198 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
199
uuClimate Control System*uUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioner system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 199 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
200
uuClimate Control System*uSynchronized Mode
Controls
Synchronized Mode
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side, the passenger side
and the rear passenger compartment in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
uThe system switches to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
1Synchronized Mode
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature, the passenger side temperature and the
rear passenger compartment (if it is on) can be set
separately.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 200 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
201
uuClimate Control System*uRear Climate Control System
Continued
Controls
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the RR button.
2. Press the RR SETTINGS button.
uThe system switches to the rear control mode for 10 seconds. The REAR
indicator appears on the display.
3. Press the AUTO button.
uThe rear system changes to AUTO mode.
uThe system automatically adjusts the fan speed and airflow levels to maintain
the set rear temperature. Change the temperature if necessary.
uTo turn off the rear climate control system, press the RR SETTINGS button,
then RR button within 10 seconds.
■Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
1Rear Climate Control System
LOCK appears on the rear control panel while the
rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear
control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the
rear control panel.
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
Press the RR LOCK button to turn the rear lock mode
on and off.
While the rear lock mode is on, the rear control panel
is disabled.
uREAR LOCK appears on the display.
RR LOCK Button
RR SETTINGS
Button
RR (On/Off)
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 201 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuClimate Control System*uRear Climate Control System
202
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control bar.
3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.
■Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the rear lock mode is off, the temperature of
the rear passenger compartment can be controlled
independently.
Rear ceiling
vents
Rear floor
vents
Rear ceiling vents
and floor vents
(Rear Fan
Control Bar
Rear Temperature
Control Bar
(On/Off) Button
Rear MODE Button
Rear AUTO Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 202 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
203
uuClimate Control System*uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 203 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
204
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 204 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
205
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 206
USB Port .......................................... 207
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 207
Audio System Theft Protection*....... 208
Region Setting ................................. 209
Audio Remote Controls.................... 210
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 211
Audio/Information Screen ................ 212
Display Setup ................................... 217
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 216
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 218
Models with one display
Playing a CD .................................... 221
Playing an iPod®............................... 224
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 227
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 229
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 232
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 234
Audio with Touch Screen ................. 235
Audio/Information Screen ................ 238
Display Setup ................................... 244
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 243
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 245
Playing XM® Radio*......................... 249
Models with two displays
Playing a CD .................................... 252
Playing an iPod®.............................. 255
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 259
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 262
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 265
Audio Error Messages ...................... 267
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 272
Rear Entertainment System*........... 276
Customized Features........................ 295
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*.. 325
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 327, 360
Compass*.......................................... 392
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 205 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
206
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
On models with navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for operation
of the audio system, Bluetooth®HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these
features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and XM® Radio Service*. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, iPod®, USB flash drives, and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the icons on the touchscreen interface*.
1About Your Audio System
XM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only.
For more information on XM® Radio, contact a
dealer.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 272
XM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
XM® Radio is a registered trademark of Sirius XM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs*, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are
not supported.
iPod® and iPhone® are registered trademarks owned
by Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Control iPod®
USB Flash
Drive
XM® Radio
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 206 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
207
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port
Features
USB Port
Install the iPod® dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
uThe audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1USB Port
•Do not leave the iPod® or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•Do not connect the iPod® or USB flash drive using a hub.
•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk
drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
•We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod
®
, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions provided
with the iPod
®
or visit
www.apple.com/ipod
.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to AUX mode by pressing
the AUX button.
You can return to AUX mode by selecting Change
Source on the Audio menu screen or Audio Source
on the touchscreen.
You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace
the audio system.
Models with one display
Models with two displays
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 207 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
208
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection*
Features
Audio System Theft Protection*
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.
■Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system.
uIf you set the power mode to ACCESSORY, you will be requested to enter the
audio security code. See step 3.
2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds.
uThe audio system is reactivated when the system’s control unit recognizes that
the system is in your vehicle.
If the control unit fails to recognize, Enter PIN Code appears on the audio/
information screen.
3. If the two steps do not work, you can enter the audio security code using the
touch screen. If you enter an incorrect digit, continue to the last digit, then try
again. If you do not enter code correctly after 10 tries, leave the system for one
hour before trying again, or visit a dealer to have the system reset.
1Audio System Theft Protection*
If necessary, you can find out about your serial
number and security code from a dealer.
We recommend that you write down this information
in this owner’s manual for future reference.
You can register the security code at Honda Owners
(owners.honda.com.).
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 208 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
209
uuAudio SystemuRegion Setting
Features
Region Setting
The audio system’s region setting will be lost when the battery is disconnected or
goes dead.
If the Region Select screen appears, you need to set the region for the audio
system. Follow the steps below:
1. Press to select OK.
2. Rotate to select the region you live in, then press .
3. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
Models with two displays
1Region Setting
The region setting is required only when the battery
power is temporarily disconnected. It is set to your
vehicle’s region type by the factory.
You cannot change the setting once you have
completed the setting procedure. Contact a dealer if
you selected an incorrect region.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 209 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
210
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
MODE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FMAMXM*CDUSBiPodBluetooth®
AudioPandora®*AhaTM*AUX
VOL Button
Press : To increase the volume.
Press : To decrease the volume.
CH Button
•When listening to the radio
Press (+: To select the next preset radio station.
Press (-: To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold (+: To select the next strong station.
Press and hold (-: To select the previous strong station.
•When listening to a CD, iPod® , USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press (+: To skip to the next song.
Press (-: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
•When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder/album.
Press and hold (-: To go back to the previous folder/album.
•When listening to Pandora®*
Press (+: To skip to the next song.
Press and hold (+: To select the next station.
Press and hold (-: To select the previous station.
1Audio Remote Controls
The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.
Pandora®, Bluetooth® Audio, and AhaTM appear
when a connection (Bluetooth® or USB) is established
with a device.
MODE Button
CH
(Channel)
Button
VOL
(Volume)
Button
3
4
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 210 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
211
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON (w.
Use the selector knob or MENU button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
MENU button: Press to select any mode.
The available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,
Music Search, and play modes. Play modes
can be also selected from Scan, Random/
Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment.
uEach time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.
Models with one display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Audio Menu Items
2Station List P. 219
2Radio text P. 220
2Music Search P. 222, 225, 230
2Scan P. 223, 231
2Random/Repeat P. 223, 226, 231
Button
BACK Button MENU Button
Selector Knob
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 211 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
212
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the (display) button to change the display.
■Switching the Display
Audio
Trip Computer
(Current Drive)
Clock/Wallpaper
Trip Computer
(History of Trip A)
Audio/Information Screen
(Display) Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 212 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distance traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 213 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
214
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2USB Port P. 207
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type, then
Wallpaper.
4. Rotate to select Add New Wallpaper,
then press .
uThe preview of the imported data is
displayed.
5. Rotate to select a desired picture.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
6. Press to save the data.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•Up to 255 files can be selected.
•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
xxx001.jpg
xxx002.jpg
xxx003.jpg
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 214 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type, then
Wallpaper.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
3. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Set, then press .
■Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type, then
Wallpaper.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
3. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
uThe confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select OK, then press to delete completely.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview
and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select
OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 215 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
216
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following
choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
SETTINGS Button
Selector Knob
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
SVC
Subwoofer
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 216 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Display.
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Other.
3. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 217 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
218
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
FM/AM Button
Press to select a band.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
Tune to the selected station.
Pick a preset button and hold it until you
hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band,
then press the preset button.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press and to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Power/volume)
Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the
previous display or cancel a
setting.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 218 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
■Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 210
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the MENU
screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 219 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
220
Features
■Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Stop, or press the BACK button.
1Radio text
The text indicator comes on when you received a text
message. The indicator stays on until you read the
message.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 220 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
CD Button
Press to play a CD.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to change tracks/folders.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the
previous display or cancel a
setting.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 221 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
222
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a folder.
4. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
5. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•When you change the audio mode to CD.
•When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
File Selection
Folder Selection
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 222 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second
sampling of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat
is
selected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 223 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
224
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
Features
Playing an iPod®
Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB Port, then press the AUX
button.
2USB Port P. 207
Audio/Information Screen
AUX Button
Press to select iPod® (if connected).
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and
off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod® is
connected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 224 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a menu.
4. Press to display the items on that menu.
5. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod®
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 225 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic Operationu
226
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current file.
Shuffle Album: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 226 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.
Press the AUX button to select Pandora mode.
U.S. models
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
AUX Button
Press to select Pandora®.
Skip Button
Press to skip a song.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to switch to another station.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is
connected.
Rating Icon
Preset Button (1)
Press to switch the mode between
pause and resume.
Preset Button (2)
Press to select Like.
Preset Button (3)
Press to select Dislike.
Preset Button (4)
Press to select Bookmark Track.
Preset Button (5)
Press to select Bookmark Artist.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 227 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
228
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
•Like
•Dislike
•Station List
•Change Source
•Bookmark Track
•Bookmark Artist
•Play/Pause
■Operating a menu item
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■Pandora® Menu
1Playing Internet Radio
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora
®
through the audio system,
it may be streaming through
Bluetooth
®
Audio. Make sure
Pandora
®
mode on your audio system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2Pandora® P. 269
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 228 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the AUX button.
2USB Port P. 207
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press or to change files.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to change folders.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 229 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
230
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a folder.
4. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
5. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 272
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268
File Selection
Folder Selection
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 230 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat
is
selected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 231 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
232
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle's
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2Phone Setup P. 334
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu
items.
AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth®
Audio.
Skip Buttons
Press or
to change
files.
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
VOL/
(Power/volume)
Knob
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Audio/
Information
Screen
Preset Button (1)
Press to resume
playing a file.
Preset Button (2)
Press to pause a
playing file.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 232 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 233 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
234
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or MENU button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection. Move right, left, up or down to
select secondary menu.
MENU button: Press to select any mode. The
available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,
Music Search, and play modes. Play modes
can be also selected from Scan, Random/
Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment.
uEach time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with two displays
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items
2Station List P. 247
2Save Preset P. 246, 251
2Radio Text P. 248
2Music Search P. 253, 257, 263
2Scan P. 254, 264
2Random/Repeat P. 254, 258, 264
Interface Dial
BACK Button
Button
MENU Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 234 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen
Continued
Features
Audio with Touch Screen
Use the touch screen to operate the audio system.
Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio
source.
Select More to display the menu items.
■Selecting an Audio Source
1Audio with Touch Screen
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
■Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Source.
Source List Icons
Select More.Menu Items
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 235 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen
236
Features
You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or XM® radio*.
To preset a station:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 245
2Playing XM® Radio* P. 249
2. Select Shortcuts.
3. Select Edit or No Entry.
uIf you select No Entry, go to step 5.
4. Select Add.
5. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station to.
To play a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Edit.
3. Select Delete.
4. Select the preset icon with the radio station
you want to delete.
■Shortcuts
1Shortcuts
The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected
from the power source, such as when the battery is
disconnected or goes dead.
You can also preset a station by pressing and holding
the preset icon you want to store that station after
step 2.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 236 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen
Features
1. Select More, then Sound Settings.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■Adjusting the Sound
1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.
2Adjusting the Sound P. 243
Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 237 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
238
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the (display) button to change the display.
■Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
Press the PHONE, INFO, FRONT AUDIO and REAR
AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display.
Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to
the corresponding display.
Models with rear entertainment system
Models without rear entertainment system
AudioInfoPhone
FRONT AUDIO Button*
PHONE Button
INFO Button
PHONE
Button
INFO
Button
FRONT
AUDIO
Button
PHONE
Button
INFO
Button
AUDIO
Button
REAR
AUDIO
Button
REAR AUDIO Button*
Models without rear
entertainment system
Models with rear
entertainment system
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 238 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■Phone
Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 360
■Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■Front audio
Shows the current audio information selected in the front panel.
■Rear audio
Shows the current audio information selected in the rear panel.
Models without rear entertainment system
Models with rear entertainment system
Models with rear entertainment system
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 239 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
240
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■Info
Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate
to select an item, then press .
■Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■Deleting the history manually
1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .
2. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
■Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 240 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2USB Port P. 207
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type.
4. Move to select Wallpaper.
uThe screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Move to select Add New, then press .
6. Rotate to select a desired picture.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Press , then move to select Start
Import.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•The individual file size limit is 6 MB.
•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•Up to 255 files can be selected.
•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 241 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
242
Features
■Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.
uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Set, then press .
uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.
■Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
uThe confirmation message will appear.
7. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview
and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select
OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 242 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following
choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
2Adjusting the Sound P. 237
Audio with touch screen
SETTINGS Button
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
SVC
Subwoofer
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 243 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
244
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 244 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
Audio with Touch Screen
Tune Up/Down Icons
Select or to tune the radio
frequency.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel,
select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets
Select to store a station.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio stations.
Move up, down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 245 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
246
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
3. Press and hold for a few seconds.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
■Preset Memory
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 210
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the Audio
menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 246 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Station List, then press .
3. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Station List, then press .
3. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
■Radio Data System (RDS)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 247 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
248
Features
■Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Cancel Scan.
1Radio text
The text indicator comes on when you received a text
message. The indicator stays on until you read the
message.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 248 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*
Continued
Features
Playing XM® Radio*
Audio/Information Screen
Audio with Touch Screen
Category Up/Down Icons
Select or to display and select
an XM® Radio category.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel,
select 1-12.
Presets
Select to store a station.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
In channel mode, select and hold to
change the channel rapidly.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio stations.
Move up, down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 249 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*
250
Features
1. Select the XM® mode.
2Audio Remote Controls P. 210
2Audio with Touch Screen P. 235
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press .
4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or the
preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode:
1. Select the XM® mode.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press .
4. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
2. Select More.
3. Select XM Tune Mode.
4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■To Play the XM® Radio
1Playing XM® Radio*
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when XM® Radio does not
broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This
does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 250 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
3. Press and hold for a few seconds.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
■Preset Memory
1Playing XM® Radio*
You can store 12 XM® stations into the preset
memory.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 251 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder in MP3, WMA,
or AAC.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Audio with Touch Screen
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 252 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•When you change the audio mode to CD.
•When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
File Selection
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 253 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
254
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second
sampling of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat
is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat
is selected.
Audio with Touch Screen
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 254 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod®
Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2USB Port P. 207
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar
Select to search for an album.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod® is connected.
Album Art
Audio with Touch Screen
Album Art Icon
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 255 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
256
Features
You can select albums in the category you selected by the Music Search list.
1. Select the album bar.
uThe image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album.
uWhen the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
■How to Select an Album
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on
models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
X
Select an album
image.
Select the
album bar.
Album Bar Album Image
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 256 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 257 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®
258
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 258 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.
Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
iPhone®
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is
connected.
Rating Icon
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Audio Source
Select Pandora® or AhaTM.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
Audio with Touch Screen
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 259 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
260
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
■Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Change Source, press the MENU
button, then press .
■Pandora® Menu*
•Skip Forward •Dislike
•Play/Pause •Bookmark Track
•Station List •Bookmark Artist
•Like •Change Source
1Playing Internet Radio
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora
®
through the audio system,
it may be streaming through
Bluetooth
®
Audio. Make sure
Pandora
®
mode on your audio system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu*
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2Pandora® P. 269
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 260 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
■Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Change Source or Stations, press
the MENU button, then press .
■AhaTM Radio Menu
•Like •View text
•Dislike •View list
•Play/Pause •Reply
•15sec Back •Change Source
•30sec Skip •Stations
1AhaTM Radio Menu
AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that
organizes your favorite web content into live radio
stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,
location-based services, and audio updates from
social media sites.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2AhaTM Radio* P. 271
The menu items vary depending on the station you
selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the HondaLink app
must be installed on your phone. Visit
owners.honda.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior
to using the service in your vehicle. Visit
www.aharadio.com for more information.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 261 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2USB Port P. 207
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 262 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2General Information on the Audio System
P. 272
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268
Folder Selection
File Selection
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 263 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
264
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat
is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat
is selected.
Audio with Touch Screen
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 264 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2Phone Setup P. 366
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
More
Select to display
the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change
an audio source.
VOL/ (Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Press and turn to
select an item, then
press to set your
selection. Move up,
down, right and
left to select
secondary menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or
to change files.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down
Icons
Select or to
change folders.
Audio with Touch
Screen
Audio/Information
Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 265 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
266
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Interface Dial
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 266 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
267
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported ●Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject Mechanical error
●Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2Protecting CDs P. 274
●If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error ●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2Protecting CDs P. 274
Heat Error High temperature ●Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 267 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
268
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod®/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod®/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod® or USB flash drive, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod® is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod® is connected,
update the iPod® software to the newer version.
Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod®. Reconnect the iPod®.
Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
Appears when the iPod® is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod®
USB flash drive
iPod® and USB flash drive
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 268 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
269
uuAudio Error Messages uPandora®
Continued
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
There is no station list in the device.
Please add the station list to your device.
No stations have been created.
Please create a station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
U.S. models
Audio/Information Screen
Audio with Touch Screen
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 269 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
270
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unable to save rating.
Unable to save bookmark
or
Unable to skip
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
No data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA Unsupported Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, make sure
PANDORA is running on the phone.
For iPhone, set connection priority to USB and reconnect.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 270 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
271
uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio*
Features
AhaTM Radio*
If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error
messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, make sure aha is
running on the phone.
For iPhone, set connection priority to USB and reconnect.
Appears when the AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.
Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 271 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
272
Features
General Information on the Audio System
XM® Radio Service*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription.
To see the ID on the display: Turn the selector knob until 0 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the XM®
website to subscribe.
Switch to the XM mode by using the MODE button on the steering wheel, or
through the audio with touch screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes
until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good
reception.
Loading:
XM® is loading the audio or program information.
Ch off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Ch unauthorized:
XM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Ch unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the XM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■Subscribing to XM® Radio
■Receiving XM® Radio
■XM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to XM® Radio
Contact Information for XM
®
Radio:
US: XM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or (800) 852-
9696
Canada: XM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or (877)
209-0079
1Receiving XM® Radio
The XM
®
satellites are in orbit over the equator,
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•In tunnels
•On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 272 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
273
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Continued
Features
Recommended CDs
•Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
•Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
•Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
•Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 273 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
274
Features
■Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
•Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
•When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
•Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
•Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
•Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
•Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
•Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 274 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
275
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives
•Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
•Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
•Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■iPod® Model Compatibility
Model
iPod ® (5th generation)
iPod classic ® 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic ® 120G (launch in 2008)
iPod classic ® 160G (launch in 2009)
iPod nano ® (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010
iPod touch ® (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPhone ® 3G/iPhone ® 3GS/iPhone ® 4/iPhone ® 4S
■USB Flash Drives
1iPod® Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 275 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
276
Features
Rear Entertainment System*
See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the rear entertainment
system.
Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD,
CD, and radio, than the front passengers.
The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by
a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.
To turn on the switch: Pivot the left
earpiece outward.
To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the
bottom of the right earpiece.
■Wireless Headphones
1Rear Entertainment System*
The system also allows for auxiliary inputs from
standard video games. The jacks are above the third
row seat armrest on the driver’s side.
V = Video jack
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack
Auxiliary Input Jacks
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
1Wireless Headphones
Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.
Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece
marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to
your right ear.
Wearing the headphone backward may affect the
audio reception.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 276 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 277
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
Pull down the screen to the first or second
detent until it latches.
Operating the System
To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR
(power) button to turn on the system.
■REAR AUDIO button on the front panel
When you press the REAR AUDIO button, the
front display changes to what is displayed on
the rear overhead screen.
The audio from the front speakers switches to
the audio played in the rear.
■Overhead Screen
1Overhead Screen
You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press
the lock tab to detach it.
Overhead
Screen
REAR Button
REAR AUDIO Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 277 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
278
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
■System Controls and Menus for DVD
Remote with XM button
(Power) Button
Press to turn on the system.
DVD/AUX Button
Press to watch a DVD.
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate
the buttons and
bars for a few
seconds.
SKIP Bar
Press or to
change chapters.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause or play a DVD.
TITLE/SCROLL Button
Press to display the status of the
DVD that is currently playing.
MENU Button
The following options appear when you
play a DVD and press the MENU button:
Top Menu
Menu
Play Mode Audio
Subtitle
Angle
Search/NumInput Title
Chapter
NumInput
Repeat
Pause/Play
Stop
Return
SETUP Button
The following options appear when you
play a DVD and press the SETUP button:
Disp Adjust
( P. 286)
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Color
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to
the previous display
or operation.
3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons
Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a
menu item, and press the
ENTER Button to make a
selection.
Tint
Normal
Wide
Zoom
Full
Aspect Ratio
( P. 286)
Personal Surround ( P. 286)
Language ( P. 287)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 278 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
279
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Continued
Features
Remote without XM button
(Power) Button
Press to turn on the system.
DVD Button
Press to watch a DVD.
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate
the buttons and
bars for a few
seconds.
SKIP Bar
Press or to
change chapters.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause or play a DVD.
TITLE/SCROLL Button
Press to display the status of the
DVD that is currently playing.
MENU Button
The following options appear when you
play a DVD and press the MENU button:
Top Menu
Menu
Play Mode Audio
Subtitle
Angle
Search/NumInput Title
Chapter
NumInput
Repeat
Pause/Play
Stop
Return
SETUP Button
The following options appear when you
play a DVD and press the SETUP button:
Disp Adjust
( P. 286)
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Color
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to
the previous display
or operation.
3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons
Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a
menu item, and press the
ENTER Button to make a
selection.
Tint
Normal
Wide
Zoom
Full
Aspect Ratio
( P. 286)
Personal Surround ( P. 286)
Language ( P. 287)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 279 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
280
Features
■Playing a DVD
•Insert a DVD into the lower slot of the front audio unit.
uThe system automatically starts the DVD.
•To fast forward, press and hold the (SEEK/SKIP) bar, and to reverse, press and
hold the bar on the front panel or the remote.
•To go to the next chapter, press the bar, and to go to the beginning of the
current chapter, press the bar on the front panel or the remote. Quickly press
the bar twice to go to the previous chapter.
■DVD setup from the front panel
Press the REAR AUDIO button on the front panel while a DVD is playing.
Audio/Subtitle:
Selects a language for audio and subtitles that is available on the DVD.
1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Audio/Subtitle.
3. Move and to select the upper and lower part of the screen.
4. In the upper part, rotate to select a language for audio, then press .
In the lower part, rotate to select a subtitle language, then press .
uTo turn off subtitles, rotate to select OFF, then press .
1Playing a DVD
DVD is available for the rear seat passenger only.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 280 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 281
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
Angle:
Changes the view angle.
1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Angle.
3. Rotate to select a desired angle, then press .
Search:
Selects the title or chapter you want to play.
1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Search.
3. Move and to select the upper and lower part of the screen.
4. In the upper part, rotate to search for a title, then press .
In the lower part, rotate to search for a chapter, then press .
Number Input:
Enters a three digit number, if issued to the DVD, to find the segment you want to
start to play.
1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Number Input.
3. Rotate to select number(s), then press .
4. Rotate to select OK, then press .
1DVD setup from the front panel
If the DVD currently playing does not carry multiple
angles, only one option Angle 1 comes on.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 281 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
282
Features
Rear Control:
Disables controls from the remote.
1. Press the SETTINGS button to display Settings menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Rear Ent Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Rear Control, then press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
Rear Speaker:
Mutes the sounds from the rear speakers.
1. Press the SETTINGS button to display Settings menu in front.
2. Rotate to select Rear Ent Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Rear Speaker, then press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
■TITLE/SCROLL button on the remote
Press the TITLE/SCROLL button while the DVD is playing to see the current status of
title, chapter, elapsed time, angle, subtitle, audio, and sound characteristics.
■MENU button on the remote
Press the MENU button while the DVD is
playing to see the available options.
Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to highlight
the option and then press the ENTER button.
1TITLE/SCROLL button on the remote
Press the TITLE/SCROLL button again to return.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 282 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
283
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Continued
Features
Top Menu:
The top page of the DVD’s title menu appears. The title menu also appears when
you press the MENU button while the DVD is in the slot not playing. Press the
CANCEL or MENU button to return.
Menu:
The DVD’s title menu appears.
Play Mode:
You can change the following three settings:
If you press the MENU button while the DVD is not playing, the option Play Mode
changes to Initial Settings.
Audio - Select a language for audio that is available on the DVD. The sound
characteristics (Dolby Digital, LPCM, MPEG Audio, dts, etc) of that
audio is also displayed.
Subtitle - Select a subtitle that is available on the DVD.
Angle - Select a view angle that is available on the DVD. If the DVD currently
playing does not carry multiple angles, only one option Angle 1 comes
on. Press the CANCEL or MENU button to return.
When the DVD is not playing
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 283 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
284
Features
Initial Settings:
You can configure the initial Language, Dynamic Range, and Angle Mark settings
before playing DVD.
1. Select the language setting.
2. Select the language from English, French, Spanish, Arabic, German, Italian,
Dutch, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Japanese, and other.
3. If you select other, you need to enter the four digit language code number to
configure the language that is not listed. Select Yes to go to the number input
screen.
uTo return to the language Setting screen, select No.
4. Press the ENTER button each time you input digit.
uIf you want to delete a number, select DEL.
5. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input four digits. Press the ENTER
button to command.
Language
Settings -
Select the language for the DVD’s displayed menus (Menu Language),
the DVD’s audio (Audio Language), and the DVD’s subtitle (Subtitle
Language).
Dynamic
Range -
The feature reduces the difference between the loud and quiet sound
levels. Select ON or OFF.
Angle
Mark -
You can select whether to display the angle mark appearing in the
upper right corner of the screen when you change the view angle while
the DVD is playing. Select ON or OFF.
1MENU button on the remote
Initial Settings:
The prior language varies by disc. You may not be
able to configure your selected language setting.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 284 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
285
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Continued
Features
Search:
You can search for a DVD segment from the following methods.
1. Select NumInput to go to the number input screen.
2. Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to input numbers.
uIf you want to delete a number, select DEL.
3. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input three digits. Press the
ENTER button to command.
Repeat:
Highlight this option and press the ENTER button to change the repeat mode from
chapter repeat and title repeat, to repeat off.
Title Search - Select the title you want to play.
Chapter Search - Select the chapter you want to play.
NumInput - Enter a three digit number, if issued to the DVD, to find the
segment you want to start to play.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 285 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
286
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
■SETUP button on the remote
Press the SETUP button while the DVD is
playing to see the available options.
Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to highlight
the option and then press the ENTER button.
Disp Adjust:
You can adjust the overhead screen’s brightness, contrast, black level, color, and
tint. To return to the default display setting, select Reset.
After you make all the adjustments, the screen goes back to the top SETUP screen,
or press the CANCEL button to return.
Aspect Ratio:
You can select the screen mode with a different aspect ratio from Normal, Wide,
Zoom and Full. After you select the mode, it takes about one second to return to the
play mode with the selected ratio.
Personal Surround:
You can select the sound effect mode that fits the DVD’s audio source from Music,
Cinema, and Voice. Select Off to turn this feature off.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 286 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
287
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Continued
Features
Language:
You can select the display language from English, French, and Spanish.
You can select the audio language from English, French, and Spanish.
Appearance:
You can select the screen color from white, black, blue, brown, and red.
When the DVD is not playing
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 287 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
288
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
■System Controls and Menus for Audio
Remote with XM button
(Power)
Button
Press to
turn on the
system.
DVD/AUX Button
Press to use a USB, iPod, auxiliary video (rear), or auxiliary audio (front).
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate
the buttons and
bars for a few
seconds.
TUNE/SKIP Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause a playing CD.
TITLE/SCROLL Button
Press to switch search mode on XM radio, and scroll titles on CD.
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
3,4, , and ENTER Buttons
Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and
press the ENTER Button to make a selection.
CATEGORY Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
CH/FOLDER Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
CD Button
Press to listen to a CD.
FM/AM Button
Press to listen to AM or FM radio.
SETUP Button
2 SETUP button on the remote P. 286
XM Button
Press to listen to XM radio.
MENU Button
Press to display audio menu for AM/FM radio,
XM radio, or CD on the overhead screen.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 288 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
289
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Continued
Features
Remote without XM button
(Power)
Button
Press to
turn on the
system.
AUX Button
Press to use a USB, iPod, auxiliary video (rear), or auxiliary audio (front).
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate
the buttons and
bars for a few
seconds.
TUNE/SKIP Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause a playing CD.
TITLE/SCROLL Button
Press to scroll titles on CD.
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
3,4, , and ENTER Buttons
Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and
press the ENTER Button to make a selection.
FOLDER Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
CH Bar
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234
CD Button
Press to listen to a CD.
FM/AM Button
Press to listen to AM or FM radio.
SETUP Button
2 SETUP button on the remote P. 286
MENU Button
Press to display audio menu for AM/FM radio or
CD on the overhead screen.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 289 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
290
Features
■Playing AM/FM radio in the rear
Press the AM/FM button.
When you press the MENU button while the radio is playing, the audio menu
appears on the overhead screen. The available functions are the same as those of
the front audio system. The TUNE/SKIP bar on the control panel works the same as
the Skip/Seek icons ( / ) on the front touchscreen for AM/FM radio operation.
2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 245
■Playing XM radio in the rear
Press the XM button.
When you press the MENU button while the radio is playing, the audio menu
appears on the overhead screen. The available functions are the same as those of
the front audio system. The TUNE/SKIP bar on the control panel works the same as
the Skip/Seek icons ( / ) on the front touchscreen for XM radio operation.
2Playing XM® Radio* P. 249
To change the mode between category and channel, press and hold the TITLE/
SCROLL button for five seconds.
1System Controls and Menus for Audio
If you press the REAR AUDIO button on the front
panel, you can operate the rear entertainment system
from the front display.
2REAR AUDIO button on the front panel
P. 277
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 290 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
291
uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System
Features
■Playing a CD
Press the CD button.
The available options appear on the overhead screen are Repeat, Random, and Scan.
These functions are the same as those of the front audio system.
2Playing a CD P. 252
To scroll your audio data title, press the TITLE/SCROLL button for five seconds.
■Playing iPod® and a USB flash drive
Press the DVD/AUX button.
Press the AUX button.
The available options appear on the overhead screen are Repeat, Random, and Scan.
These functions are the same as those of the front audio system.
2Playing an iPod® P. 255
2Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 262
To scroll your audio data title, press the TITLE/SCROLL button for five seconds.
1System Controls and Menus for Audio
You can also insert an audio CD compatible with the
system, or recorded in MP3/WMA/AAC formats into
the lower slot and play. The front passengers can
listen to the same CD, or select another audio source.
2Playable Discs P. 293
2Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
P. 292
Remote with XM button
Remote without XM button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 291 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
292
uuRear Entertainment System*uAudio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
Features
Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
The table shows the possible audio source combinations of the front audio system
and rear entertainment system’s simultaneous use.
*1: The front seat passengers are only able to hear the DVD’s sound from the front
speakers.
Front AM/FM
Radio
XM®
Radio*CD DVD*1 USB
iPod®
Bluetooth
®
Audio
Pandora
®*
Aha
TM
*
Rear
AM/FM
Radio Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
XM®
Radio*Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
CD Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DVD Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
USB
iPod®Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
1Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
Yes: These audio sources are simultaneously playable.
When listening to same source in both the front and
rear, the playing channel or track will also be the
same for each.
No: These audio sources are not simultaneously
playable.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 292 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
293
uuRear Entertainment System*uPlayable Discs
Features
Playable Discs
The discs that come with these labels can be
played in your vehicle’s rear entertainment
system.
Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on
the package or jacket on the disc.
DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.
1Playable Discs
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 293 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
294
uuRear Entertainment System*uDVD Player Error Messages
Features
DVD Player Error Messages
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported ●Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject Mechanical error
●Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2Protecting CDs P. 274
●If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error ●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2Protecting CDs P. 274
Heat Error High temperature ●Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
The mode selected is
restricted in this system.
Please select another mode.
Unavailable source selected
Review the table of the possible audio source combinations of the
front audio system and rear entertainment system’s simultaneous
use.
2Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats P. 292
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 294 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
295
Continued
Features
Customized Features
See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the
Vehicle Settings.
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the ignition switch is in ON (w*1, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.
To customize other features, rotate , and press .
2List of customizable options P. 304
Models with one display
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
Models with one display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 295 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuCustomized Featuresu
296
Features
Audio/Information Screen
SETTINGS Button
Models without rear
entertainment system
Models with rear
entertainment system
Models with two displays
1Customized Features
To customize other features, rotate , move , ,
or , and press .
2List of customizable options P. 312
Models with two displays
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 296 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
297
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■Customization flow
Models with one display
Clock Format
Background Color
Header Clock Display
Factory Data Reset
Clock Adjustment
Press the SETTINGS button.
Language
Default
Edit Pairing Code
Bluetooth On/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Voice Prompt
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Beep
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Type
Wallpaper
System
Settings
Voice
Recog
Bluetooth
Display
Clock
Other
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 297 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
298
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
“Trip B” Reset Timing
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Maintenance Reset
Default
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Setup
Lighting
Setup
Door
Setup
Maintenance Info.
Source Select Popup
Sound
Default
Cover Art*1
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Bluetooth Device List*1
Audio
Settings
*1:May change depending on your currently selected source.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 298 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
299
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Add Bluetooth Device
Disconnect
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Default
Enable Text Message
Message Auto Reading
New Text Message Alert
Phone
Settings
Connect
Phone
Text
Message
Bluetooth Device List
Phone
Default
Fixed Guideline
Camera
Settings
Wallpaper
Clock Type
Default
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Info
Settings
Rear
Camera
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 299 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
300
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■Customization flow
Models with two displays
Press the SETTINGS button.
Voice Prompt
Message Auto Reading
Volume
Interface Dial Feedback
Verbal Reminder
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default
Sound/
Beep
Display
System
Settings Bluetooth
Voice
Recog.
System Device Information
Factory Data Reset
Background Color
Header Clock Display
Clock Reset
Clock
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
Language
Voice Command Tips
Others
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper
Type
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 300 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
301
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Language Selection*
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance
Keyless Start Guidance Screens
Default
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto light Sensitivity
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Maintenance Reset
Meter
Setup
Driver
Assist
System
Setup*
Driving Position Setup*
Keyless
Access
Setup
Lighting
Setup
Door
Setup
Maintenance Info.
Keyless Access Beep
Blind Spot Info*
Power Slide Door Keyless Open Mode
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Power
Tailgate
Setup*
Vehicle
Settings
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 301 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
302
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Show with Turn Signal
Reference Lines
Default
Fixed Guideline
Default
Default
Sound
Source Select Popup
Cover Art*3
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*3
Bluetooth Device List*3
Camera
Settings
Rear
Camera
LaneWatch
*1
Audio
Settings
Display Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Color
Tint
Display
Default
Source Select Popup
Rear Control
Rear Speaker
Rear Ent
Settings*2
*1:Not available on all models
*2:Models with rear entertainment system
*3:May change depending on your currently selected source.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 302 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
303
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect
Default
Phone Connect phone
Edit Bluetooth
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Default
Default
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Text/Email
Phone
Settings
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Clock Format
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock
Default
Other
Info
Settings
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 303 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
304
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Display
Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen. —
Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen. —
Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen. —
Beep Selects whether a beeper sounds or not when
you operate the selector knob. On*1/Off
Blue-
tooth
Bluetooth On/Off Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On*1/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a security PIN.
2Phone Setup P. 334
—
Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code.
2To change the pairing code setting P. 336 Random/Fixed*1
Voice
Recog Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. Beginner*1/Expert
Models with one display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 304 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
305
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Type Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●Changes the wallpaper type.
●Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2Wallpaper Setup P. 214
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Metallic/Add New
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.
2Clock P. 108 —
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H
Other
Language Changes the display language. English*1/French/
Spanish
Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue*1/Amber/Red/
Green
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on or not. On*1/Off
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2Defaulting All the Settings P. 324 Yes/No
Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default. Yes/No
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 305 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
306
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Setup
“Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
and average fuel economy A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
and average fuel economy B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds*1/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver's door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds*1/
0seconds
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 306 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
307
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P/Off
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
Driver Door with Shift
to P*1/All Doors with
Shift to P/Driver Door
with IGN Off/All Doors
with IGN Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver's door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door*1/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
after you unlock the vehicle without opening any
door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds*1
Mainte-
nance
Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default. Yes/No
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 307 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
308
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Sound Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2Adjusting the Sound P. 216
-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass,
Treble, Subwoofer
and Center),-9 ~ C*1 ~
+9 (Fader and
Balance), Off/Low/
Mid*1/High (SVC)
Source Select Popup Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on or not when the AUDIO button is pressed. On/Off*1
Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL. —
Bluetooth Device List
Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired
to HFL. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default. Yes/No
iPod®, USB or Pandora® mode
Bluetooth® Audio or Pandora® mode
Bluetooth® Audio or Pandora® mode
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 308 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
309
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
Settings
Clock/
Wall-
paper
type
Clock Type
See System Settings on P. 304 to P. 305
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default. Yes/No
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 309 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
310
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2Phone Setup P. 334
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2Phone Setup P. 334
—
Phone
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2Speed Dial P. 345 —
Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off
Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile
Phone*1/Off
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 310 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
311
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Text/
Message
Enable Text Message Turns the text message function on and off. On*1/Off
New Text Message Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text message. On/Off*1
Message Auto Reading
Sets the system to automatically read an
incoming text message.
●On- A text message is always read aloud.
●Off- A text message is not read aloud.
●Auto- A text message is read aloud only when
driving.
On/Off/Auto*1
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default. Yes/No
Camera
Settings
Rear
Camera Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor. On*1/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default. Yes/No
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 311 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
312
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Display
Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen. —
Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen. —
Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen. —
Sound/
Beep
Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. —
Interface Dial Feedback Sets if and when the system reads aloud a
selection made using the Interface Dial. On/Off/Auto*1
Message Auto Reading
Selects whether the system automatically read
out message, does not read, or read out only
when driving.
On/Off/Auto*1
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On*1/Off
Blue-
tooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On*1/Off
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a security PIN.
2Phone Setup P. 366
—
Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code.
2To change the pairing code setting P. 368 Random/Fixed*1
Models with two displays
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 312 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
313
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Voice
Recog. Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On*1/Off
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type. Analogue/Digital*1/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●Changes the wallpaper type.
●Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2Wallpaper Setup P. 241
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Metallic
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.
2Clock P. 108 —
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H
Clock Reset Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group. —
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 313 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
314
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Others
Language Changes the display language. English*1/French/
Spanish
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On*1/Off
Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen and the audio with touch screen.
Blue*1/Amber/Red/
Green
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on or not. On*1/Off
System Device Information Displays the system/Device information. —
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2Defaulting All the Settings P. 324 —
Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default. Default/OK
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 314 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
315
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup*
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
Changes at which distance FCW alerts, or turns
FCW on and off.
Long/Normal*1/
Short/Off
Blind Spot Info*
Select the alerts to be used when a vehicle is
detected in your blind spot, or turn the system on
and off.
Audible And Visual
Alert*1/Visual Alert/
Off
Meter
Setup
Language Selection*Changes the displayed language on the multi-
information display*.
English*1/French/
Spanish
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjust the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A*, and
elapsed time A*.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B*, and
elapsed time B*.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1
Keyless Start Guidance
Screens
Displays the push button start guidance when
conditions are met to change power mode. On*1/Off
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 315 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
316
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driving
Position
Setup*
Memory Position Link Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored
setting. On*1/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Drivers Door Only*1/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to blink when you
unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors. On*1/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds*1/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver's door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds*1/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid*1/
Low/Min
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 316 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
317
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P/Off
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
Driver Door with Shift
to P*1/All Doors with
Shift to P/Driver Door
with IGN Off/All Doors
with IGN Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver's door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door*1/All
Doors
Power Slide Door Keyless
Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
sliding door opens.
Anytime*1/When
Unlocked
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds*1
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 317 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
318
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Power
Tailgate
Setup*
Power Tailgate Keyless
Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime*1/When
Unlocked
Power Tailgate Open by
Outer Handle
Selects whether to enable the power tailgate
open operation using the tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/
On (Power/
Manual)*1
Mainte-
nance
Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default. Default/OK
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 318 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
319
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Lane-
Watch*
Show with Turn Signal Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to the
passenger side. On*1/Off
Reference Lines Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor. On*1/Off
Display
Brightness
Adjusts the LaneWatch display settings. —
Contrast
Black Level
Color
Tint
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default. Default/OK
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor. On*1/Off
Display Adjusts the brightness setting on the rear camera
display. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera group as default. Default/OK
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 319 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
320
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Sound Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2Adjusting the Sound P. 243
-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass,
Treble, Subwoofer
and Center), -9 ~ C*1 ~
+9 (Fader and
Balance), Off/Low/
Mid*1/High (SVC)
Source Select Popup
Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on when the FRONT AUDIO button is pressed.
Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed.
On/Off*1
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL. —
Bluetooth Device List
Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired
to HFL. —
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default. Default/OK
Models with rear entertainment system
Models without rear entertainment system
CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod®, USB, Pandora®
or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® or AhaTM mode
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 320 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
321
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Models with rear entertainment system
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Rear Ent
Settings*2
Source Select Popup
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on when the REAR AUDIO
button is pressed.
On/Off*1
Rear Control Activates/Deactivates the rear control panel. On*1/Off
Rear Speaker Turns on and off the rear speakers. On*1/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Ent Settings group as default. Default/OK
Phone
Settings Phone
Connect phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2Phone Setup P. 366
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2Phone Setup P. 366
—
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2Phone Setup P. 366 —
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 321 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
322
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Phone
Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off
Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile
Phone*1/Off
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off
Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen. On*1/Off
Text/
Email
Enable Text/Email Turns the text message/E-mail function on and
off. On*1/Off
Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text message/E-
mail.
On/Off*1
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default. Default/OK
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 322 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
323
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
Settings
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
type
Clock
See System Settings on P. 312 to P. 314.
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Reset
Others Info Screen Preference
Selects either of the following to be displayed
when you press the INFO button.
●Info Top: Some of the available menu items pop up.
●Info Menu: All available menu items pop up.
●Off: The menu item you selected last time is displayed.
Info Top/Info
Menu*1/Off
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default. Default/OK
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 323 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
324
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Repeat the procedure to select Other, then
Factory Data Reset.
3. Move or to select Others.
Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
uThe confirmation message will appear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to
reset the settings.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
uThe confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
•Audio preset settings
•Phonebook entries
•Other display and each item settings.
Models with one display
Models with two displays
All models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 324 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
325
Continued
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that comes with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
Training HomeLink
If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:
•Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
•If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
■Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson
Controls., Inc.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
Red
Indicator
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 325 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver*uTraining HomeLink
326
Features
■Training a Button
1Training a Button
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure.
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
1.
2.
Standard transmitter
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Indicator blinks rapidly for
two secs, then remains on
for about 23 secs.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”
1.
2.
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
HomeLink LED
is on.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
3.
Training
Complete
4.
5.
a.
a.
b.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink
button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the
HomeLink button again.
The remote-controlled
device should operate.
Training Complete
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 326 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
327
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag, a phonebook
name, or a number.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888- 528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528 -7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth On/Off setting must be
On.
2Customized Features P. 295
Voice control tips
•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Models with navigation system
Models with one display
Talk Button
Volume up Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button Volume down
Selector
Knob
PHONE
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 327 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
328
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2Speed Dial P. 345
■HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is
under license. Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2Customized Features P. 295
■Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your phone
is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level
Status
Roam Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Phone menu
Redial
Call History Text Message
Dial
Phonebook
Speed Dial
Disabled Option
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 328 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
329
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
■Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Pair a phone to the system.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Connect
Phone*1
Bluetooth
Device List
Add Bluetooth Device
Edit PIN
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
*1:
(Existing
entry list)*1
Replace This
Device
Delete This
Device Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Add
Bluetooth
Device
Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Pair a phone to the system.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 329 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
330
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Manual Input
New Entry Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Enter a phone number to store as a
speed dial number.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Edit Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●Change a number.
●Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
(Existing
entry list)
Delete All
Edit Speed
Dial*1
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Automatic Phone Sync*1 Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Phone
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 330 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
331
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Turn the text message function on and off.
New Text Message Alert
Message Auto Reading
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text message.
Sets the system to automatically read an incoming text
message.
Text Message*1
Default
Enable Text Message
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 331 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
332
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Phone menu
Redial
Call History
Text Message
Dial
Phonebook
Speed Dial
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Call
History*1
Speed Dial*1
All
Manual Input
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
Dial*1
Redial*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 332 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
333
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
See the previous message.
Text Message*1
Read/Stop
Previous Message
Next Message See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Phonebook*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Message is read
aloud.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of
six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select a message
and press .
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 333 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
334
Features
■To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
uIf your phone still does not appear, select
Phone Not Found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
■Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•Up to six phones can be paired.
•Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 344
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 334 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
335
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth Device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
uIf your phone still does not appear, select
Phone Not Found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 335 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
336
Features
■To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth, then Edit Pairing Code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
Edit Pairing Code
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 336 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 337
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
uFollow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, call history, and security PIN information from
the previously paired phone.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 337 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
338
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if it is successful.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 338 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
339
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■To turn on or off the text message
function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Text
Message, then Enable Text Message.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■To Set Up a Text Message Options
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 339 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
340
Features
■To turn on or off the text message
notice
1. On the Text Message screen, rotate to
select New Text Message Alert, then
press .
2. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■To set up the auto reading option
1. On the Text Message screen, rotate to
select Message Auto Reading, then press
.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
2. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto then
press .
1To turn on or off the text message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text message is always read aloud.
Off: A text message is not read aloud.
Auto: A text message is read aloud only when
driving.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 340 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 341
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
uRotate to select, then press .
Press to delete. Press OK to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
uThe screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 341 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
342
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Auto Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Auto Answer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
■Automatic Transferring
■Auto Answer
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 342 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 343
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Ring Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
■Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 343 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
344
Features
■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Message
Voice
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 344 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 345
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
uRepeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
uSelect a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
uInput the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
uSelect a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
Mr.AAA 111AAA####
555EEE####
444DDD####
333CCC####
222BBB####
Mr.EEE
Mr.DDD
Mr.CCC
Mr.BBB
Select a method to store
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 345 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
346
Features
■To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 346 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
347
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,
then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 347 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
348
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the
phonebook name, phone number, or stored voice
tag.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
Phone menu
Redial
Call History Text Message
Dial
Phonebook
Speed Dial
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 348 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 349
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
uYou can also search by letter. Rotate
to select Alphabet Search, then press
.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 328
2Speed Dial P. 345
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 349 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
350
Features
■To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate to select , then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 328
2Speed Dial P. 345
Phone menu
Redial
Call History Text Message
Dial
Phonebook
Speed Dial
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 350 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 351
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
4. Rotate to select All, Dialed, Received,
or Missed, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 351 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
352
Features
■To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Select More Speed Dials to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call from that
list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2Speed Dial P. 345
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
To call stored speed dial entries 1-6, press the
corresponding preset buttons from the Phone
screen.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 352 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 353
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 353 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
354
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
Press the MENU button to display the options.
Rotate to select the mute option, then
press .
uThe mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
Mute Icon
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 354 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 355
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud
and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.
When you receive a text message for the first time
after the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to
turn the New Text Message Alert setting to On.
2To turn on or off the text message notice
P. 340
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 355 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
356
Features
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■Displaying Text Messages
1Displaying Text Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, press on the
text message screen. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Previous Message or Next Message,
then press .
Message List
Text Message
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 356 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 357
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Using the Stop or Read option
1. Go to the text message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Text Messages P. 356
2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear
on the screen.
3. Rotate to select Stop or Read, then
press .
1Using the Stop or Read option
This option changes to:
•Stop while the text message is read out. Select this
option to discontinue the message read out.
•Read when the system has finished reading out the
text message, or after you selected Stop.
Select this option to hear the system read out the
selected message.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 357 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
358
Features
■Reply to a message
1. Go to the text message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Text Messages P. 356
2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear
on the screen.
3. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
4. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Send to send the message.
uComplete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•I’m on my way.
•I’m running late.
•OK
•Yes
•No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 358 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
359
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Text Messages P. 356
2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear
on the screen.
3. Rotate to select Call, then press .
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 359 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
360
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
■HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
For a list of compatible phones:
•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth Status setting must be
On.
2Customized Features P. 295
Voice control tips:
•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Models with navigation system
Non-navi models with two displays
Talk Button
Volume up Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
Interface
Dial
PHONE
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 360 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
361
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2Speed Dial P. 377
■HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is
under license. Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2Customized Features P. 295
■Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level
Status
Roam Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Disabled Option
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 361 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
362
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
Phone
Edit Device
Name
Connect
Phone
Bluetooth
Device List
(Existing
entry list)
Replace This
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phone to the system.
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device Delete a previously paired phone.
Add Bluetooth
Device Pair a phone to the system.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 362 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
363
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Text/Email*1
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial New Entry
Import from
Call History
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●Change a number.
●Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
Select Account Select a mail or text message account.
Enable Text/Email Turn the text message/E-mail function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text message/E-mail.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
Default
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 363 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
364
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Speed Dial*1
Manual Input
New Entry Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook*1
Dial*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 364 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
365
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Text/Email*1
Message is
read aloud.
See the previous message.
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a mail or text message account.
Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History*1
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 365 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
366
Features
■To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
uIf your phone still does not appear, move
to select Phone not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
■Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•Up to six phones can be paired.
•Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 376
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 366 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
367
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth Device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
uHFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
uIf your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
uIf your phone still does not appear, move
to select Phone not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 367 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
368
Features
■To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Edit
Pairing Code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 368 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 369
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
uFollow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 369 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
370
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if it is successful.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 370 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 371
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To turn on or off the text/E-mail
function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Enable
Text/Email.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select New
Text/Email Alert.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■To Set Up a Text Message/E-mail Options
1To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 371 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
372
Features
■To set up the auto reading option
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Message
Auto Reading.
uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then
press .
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text message/Email is always read aloud.
Off: A text message/Email is not read aloud.
Auto: A text message/Email is read aloud only when
driving.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 372 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 373
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
uRotate to select, then press .
Move to delete. Rotate to select
OK to enter the security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
uThe screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 373 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
374
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Auto
Answer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
■Automatic Transferring
■Auto Answer
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 374 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 375
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Use
Contact Photo.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■Use Contact Photo
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 375 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
376
Features
■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Message
Voice
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 376 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 377
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
uRepeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
uSelect a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
uInput the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
uSelect a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 377 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
378
Features
■To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 378 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
379
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 379 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
380
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the
phonebook name, phone number, or stored voice
tag.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 380 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 381
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Search.
uYou can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 361
2Speed Dial P. 377
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 381 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
382
Features
■To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate to select , then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 361
2Speed Dial P. 377
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 382 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 383
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
■To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
uDialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view another
paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call
from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2Speed Dial P. 377
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 383 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
384
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 384 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 385
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone
screen.
Rotate to select the mute option, then
press .
uThe mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
Mute Icon
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 385 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
386
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages and E-mails as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message or E-mail.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
uThe text message or E-mail is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■Receiving a Text Message/E-mail
1Receiving a Text Message/E-mail
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages and E-mails.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message/E-mail feature. Only use the text message/
E-mail feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text message or E-mail for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice
P. 371
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 386 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 387
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
uRepeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
E-mail account you want, then press .
■Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 387 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
388
Features
■Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
uSelect account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 388 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 389
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Displaying E-mails
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
5. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
uThe E-mail is displayed. The system
automatically starts reading the message
aloud.
1Displaying E-mails
Received text messages and E-mails may appear in
the message list screen at the same time. In this case,
text messages are titled No subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 389 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
390
Features
■Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text message or E-mail screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Messages P. 388
2. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■Reply to a message
1. Go to the text message or E-mail screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying Messages P. 388
2. Move and rotate to select Reply,
then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
uMessage sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•I’m on my way.
•I’m running late.
•OK
•Yes
•No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 390 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
391
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
uThe system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2Displaying text messages P. 388
2. Move and rotate to select Call, then
press .
John 0123456789####
Reply Call
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 391 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
392
Features
Compass*
When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass
display appears.
Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds.
uThe display switches to the Compass
Settings screen.
3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press
.
4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
uThe compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.
1Compass*
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
•Driving near power lines or stations
•Crossing a bridge
•Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
•When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass, press the BACK button to
cancel the setting mode and return to the previous
screen.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 392 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
393
uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection
Features
Compass Zone Selection
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any audio source,
press and hold for five seconds.
uThe display switches to the Compass
Settings screen.
3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then
press .
uThe display shows the current zone
number.
4. Rotate to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.
2
3
4
5
6789
10 11
12
13
14
15
Zone Map
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 393 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
394
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 394 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
395
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 396
Maximum Load Limit........................ 399
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 401
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 405
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 406
When Driving
Starting the Engine .................. 407, 409
Precautions While Driving................. 411
Automatic Transmission ................... 412
Shifting............................................ 413
Cruise Control ................................. 415
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*.. 418
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*..... 422
VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC
(Electronic Stability Control), System ...... 426
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)... 428
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 429
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*.... 432
LaneWatchTM*.................................. 434
Braking
Brake System ................................... 436
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) ........... 438
Brake Assist System ......................... 439
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 440
Parking Sensor System*................... 441
Rearview Camera ............................. 445
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 446
How to Refuel ................................. 447
Fuel Economy.................................... 449
Accessories and Modifications ........ 450
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 395 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
396
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
•Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
uRemove any frost, snow, or ice.
uRemove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
uWhen removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
•Make sure the hood is securely closed.
uIf the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
•Make sure the tires are in good condition.
uCheck air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490
•Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
uThere are blind spots from the inside.
■Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in
the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal.
Also check under the hood for leftover flammable
materials after you or someone else has performed
maintenance on your vehicle.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 396 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 397
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
•Store or secure all items on board properly.
uCarrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2Maximum Load Limit P. 399
•Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
uThey can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
•Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
uAn object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
•If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
uThey may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
•Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
•Adjust your seating position properly.
uAdjust the head restraint, too.
2Adjusting the Seats P. 161
2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 164
•Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
uAdjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2Adjusting the Mirrors P. 158
2Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 157
■Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 397 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
398
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
•Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
uThey can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
•Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33
•Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
uAlways have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2Indicators P. 70
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 398 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
399
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,340 lbs (608 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2Specifications P. 542
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2Specifications P. 542
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 399 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
400
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
1,340 lbs
(608 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
1,040 lbs
(472 kg)
Example2
Max Load
1,340 lbs
(608 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
590 lbs
(268 kg)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 400 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
401
Continued
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in
or on it shown in the table.
Towing loads in excess of this can seriously
affect vehicle handling and performance and
can damage the engine and drivetrain.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:
•Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
•Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg)
Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and
maximum tongue load.
■Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2Vehicle Specifications P. 542
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Number of occupants Equip with ATF cooler
23,500 lbs (1,587 kg)
33,350 lbs (1,520 kg)
43,200 lbs (1,451 kg)
53,050 lbs (1,383 kg)
62,900 lbs (1,315 kg)
71,450 lbs (658 kg)
8Towing not recommended
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 401 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
402
Driving
■Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
•Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
•To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the
front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear. Readjust the load as needed.
■Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
■Weight distribution hitches
A weight distributing hitch is not recommended for use with your vehicle.
An improperly adjusted weight distributing hitch may reduce handling, stability, and
braking performance.
■Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
■Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 402 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
403
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Continued
Driving
■Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.
■Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Your trailer lighting connector is located
behind the left side panel in the cargo area.
Each pin’s purpose and wiring color code are
shown in the image.
When using non-Honda trailer lighting
harness and converter, get the connector and
pins for your vehicle from a dealer.
■Sway control
Recommended to use if your trailer tends to sway. Consult the trailer maker for
what kind of sway control you need and how to install it.
Right
Turn
Signal
Small
Light
Stop
Light
+B Small
Light
Trailer
Hazard
Light
Left
Turn
Signal
Backup
Light
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 403 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
404
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■Automatic transmission cooler
Install an additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler to help prevent the
transmission from overheating, and damaging. You can get the additional ATF
cooler at a dealer.
■Trailer mirrors
Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a
trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the
trailer creates a blind spot.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 404 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
405
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Continued
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
•Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
•Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2Towing Load Limits P. 401
•Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
•Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
•Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
•Check the pressure of the trailer tires, including the spare.
•Drive slower than normal.
•Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailer.
•Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
•Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
•Allow more time and distance for braking.
•Do not brake or turn suddenly.
■Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
■Towing Speeds and Gears
■Turning and Braking
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.
When towing a trailer, we recommend that you carry
a full-size spare wheel and tire for your vehicle and
trailer. If you use the compact spare tire that came
with your vehicle, it could adversely affect vehicle
handling.
2Specifications P. 543
2Changing a Flat Tire P. 511
Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a
flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where
and how to store the trailer’s spare tire.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 405 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
406
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
•Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
heating and cooling system*/climate control system* and reduce speed. Pull to the
side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
•Shift to the position if the transmission shifts frequently.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2Emergency Towing P. 539
■Driving in Hilly Terrain
D4
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 406 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
407
Continued
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then
depress the brake pedal.
uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.
Models without smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling system */climate control system*, and rear
defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Brake Pedal
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 407 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
408
Driving
3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2Parking Brake P. 436
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15
seconds.
•If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
•If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2Immobilizer System P. 135
■Starting to Drive
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 408 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
409
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Continued
Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then
depress the brake pedal.
uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Models with smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2Immobilizer System P. 135
Brake Pedal
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 409 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
410
Driving
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to (P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2Parking Brake P. 436
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■Stopping the Engine
■Starting to Drive
1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 521
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 410 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
411
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■In Rain
■Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q *1
while driving, the engine will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in (N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 411 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
412
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
Driving
Automatic Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■Creeping
■Kickdown
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 412 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
413
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■Shift lever positions
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used for normal driving (gears change between
1st and 6th automatically)
Low
Strong engine power when climbing and strong
engine braking when going down steep hills.
Release Button
D4 Button
D4
Press the
D4
button while the shift lever is in
(D
.
Used when
●Going up or down hills
●Towing a trailer in hilly terrain
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 413 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
414
Driving
■Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator blinks when driving, in
any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Tachometer's red zone
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Depress the brake pedal and
press the shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button and
shift.
D4 Indicator
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 414 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
415
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
Continued
Driving
Cruise Control
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
When to use
■Shift positions for cruise control:
In (D or
D4
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 415 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
416
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■To Set the Vehicle Speed
Button
DECEL/SET
On when cruise control begins Press and release
On
On
DECEL/SET
DECEL/SET
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 416 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
417
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the or button
on the steering wheel.
•Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
•If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
•Press the CANCEL button.
•Press the CRUISE button.
•Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the
button on the steering wheel when adjusting the
speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
DECEL/SET
RES/ACCEL
DECEL/SET
■To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the
button while driving at a speed of at
least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
RES/ACCEL
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 417 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
418
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Driving
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Alerts you when it determines that there is a possibility that your vehicle may collide
with a vehicle detected in front of yours.
If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives both visual and audible alerts.
uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.).
■How the system works
The system may give warnings of potential collisions when your vehicle speed is
above 10 mph (15 km/h).
1Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Important Safety Reminder
FCW cannot detect all objects ahead and may not
detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary
based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW
does not include a braking function. It is always your
responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid
collisions.
You can change the Forward Collision Warning
Distance setting or turn the system on and off.
2Customized Features P. 99, 295
The camera is shared with Lane Departure Warning
(LDW).
2LDW Camera P. 424
LONG
NORMAL
SHORT
Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead
You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 418 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 419
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Driving
1Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the FCW camera's
field of vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the FCW camera's field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera's field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the FCW
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Beep
Camera-based system
The camera is located
behind the rearview mirror.
The beeper sounds
and the FCW
indicator blinks until
a possible collision is
avoided.
The beeper sounds and the BRAKE
message appears until a possible
collision is avoided.
Models with multi-information
display
Models with
information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 419 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*
420
Driving
■Automatic shutoff
FCW may automatically shut itself off and the FCW indicator comes and stays on when:
•The temperature inside the system is high.
•The windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
Once the conditions that caused FCW to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
1Automatic shutoff
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera system to shut
off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front
of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a
reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing. Covering the camera can
concentrate heat on the camera.
If the CAMERA HOT message appears:
If the symbol appears:
•Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when
windows are fogged.
•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the FCW system.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 420 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
421
uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*
Driving
FCW may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle, and may
activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no
vehicle ahead under the following conditions.
■FCW Limitations
Condition
●The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
●A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
●A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
●When either your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you accelerates rapidly.
●The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, a small vehicle, or a unique vehicle such as a
tractor.
●When you drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period that makes it difficult for the camera to properly detect a vehicle in front
of you.
●When there are pedestrians or animals in front of your vehicle.
●When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).
●A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.
●An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
●When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
●When the temperature inside the system is high.
●A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
●You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).
●When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.
●When streetlights are perceived as the taillight of a vehicle in front of yours.
●When driving at night, the vehicle ahead of you is running with either taillight bulb burned
out.
●When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
●When your vehicle is towing a trailer.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 421 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
422
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Driving
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Alerts you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally
crossing over detected side lane markings.
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected
left or right side lane markings without a turn
signal activated, LDW will give audible and
visual alerts.
The beeper sounds and the LDW indicator
blinks, letting you know that you need to take
appropriate action.
The beeper sounds and the LANE
DEPARTURE message appears on the multi-
information display, letting you know that you
need to take appropriate action.
■How the System Works
1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.
Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is
always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within
your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information
display
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 422 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 423
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Driving
The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met:
•The vehicle is traveling between 40-90 mph (64-145 km/h).
•The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
•The turn signals are off.
•The brake pedal is not depressed.
■How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW
indicator comes and stays on.
2Indicators P. 70
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 423 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
424
Driving
The camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
Press the LDW button to turn the system on
and off.
uThe indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.
■LDW Camera
1LDW Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield
that could obstruct the LDW camera's field of vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the LDW camera's field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera's field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the LDW
camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera system to shut
off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front
of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a
reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing. Covering the camera can
concentrate heat on the camera.
If the CAMERA HOT message appears:
If the symbol appears:
•Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when
windows are fogged.
•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the LDW camera.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Camera
■LDW On and Off
LDW Button
Indicator
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 424 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
425
uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*
Driving
LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when
keeping in the middle of a lane under the following conditions.
■LDW Limitations
Condition
●When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).
●A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.
●An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
●When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
●When the temperature inside the system is high.
●A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
●You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).
●When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.
●When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
●When your vehicle is towing a trailer.
●When you drive on a wet road surface following another vehicle.
uThe camera may perceive the tire tracks in the water as lane lines.
●When there is snow or wheel tracks on the side of the road.
●When the road has many repaired areas or erased lines.
●When the vehicle is running over painted signs or crosswalk markings.
●When you drive in a lane with worn-out lane markings.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 425 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
426
uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System
Driving
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic
Stability Control), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■VSA® Operation
1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA®
System
Indicator
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 426 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
427
uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and
hold it until you hear a beep.
VSA® will stop and the indicator will come on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■VSA® On and Off
1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking
and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA®
traction and stability enhancement.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the VSA® system is off, the traction control
system is also off. You should only attempt to free
your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to
free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control
systems switched off.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS, low tire pressure, or
TPMS indicator comes on or blinks, the VSA® system
comes on automatically. In this case, you cannot turn
the system off by pressing the button.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF
Indicator
Models
with
LDW
Models
without
LDW
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 427 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
428
uuWhen DrivinguTPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Driving
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure
indicator comes on.
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a
tire has significantly low pressure.
1TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure indicator to come on.
2If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 531
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 532
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 428 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
429
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 429 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
430
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate telltale,
which displays the symbol “TPMS” when illuminated.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
Models with information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 430 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
431
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 431 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
432
uuWhen DrivinguBSI (Blind Spot Information) System*
Driving
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on, providing assistance when you change lanes.
■How the system works
1BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
•The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND
SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display
appearing.
•The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
•A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
•A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
•An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
●The shift lever is in (D or .
●Your vehicle speed is between
20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph
(160 km/h)
D4
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Alert Zone
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
A
B
C
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 432 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
433
uuWhen DrivinguBSI (Blind Spot Information) System*
Driving
■When the system detects a vehicle
1BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system
does not work properly for the following reasons:
•The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
•The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on.
BSI may be adversely affected when:
•Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected.
•An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
•Driving on a curved road.
•A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
•The system picks up external electrical interference.
•The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed.
•The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
•In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For a proper BSI use:
•Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
•Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
•Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
Comes on when:
●A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to
overtake you with a speed difference of no
more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
●You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of
no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Comes On
BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside
door mirrors.
Blinks and the beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the
detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.
Blinks
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 433 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
434
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM*
Driving
LaneWatchTM*
Is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear areas
displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to the
passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these areas
and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use of the
passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience while
driving.
1LaneWatchTM*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•Your tires are over or under inflated.
•Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
Pull the turn signal
lever back.
Press the LaneWatch
button again.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you:
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 434 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
435
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM*
Driving
■Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
•Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
•Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
•Next Maneuver Pop up*: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the
navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.
•Display: Adjusts display settings.
2Customized Features P. 295
■Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 farther away.
1LaneWatchTM*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen slightly look
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in (R.
For a proper LaneWatch use:
•The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
•Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•Do not touch the camera lens.
2
3
1
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending road conditions and
vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines on
the screen may seem to appear closer than the actual
distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
•The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 435 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
436
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Depress the parking brake pedal down with
your foot.
To release:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Depress the parking brake.
■Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE appears on the multi-information
display*.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
To apply
To release
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 436 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
437
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2Brake Assist System P. 439
2ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) P. 438
■Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 437 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
438
uuBrakinguABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Driving
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■ABS
1ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•When snow chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 438 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
439
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 439 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
440
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in (D.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P.
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 440 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
441
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
Continued
Driving
Parking Sensor System*
The corner and rear center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the
beeper and display let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and
the obstacle.
■The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
•The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud, or
dirt.
•The vehicle is on an uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
•The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
•The system is affected by some electric devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
•Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
•Thin or low objects.
•Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
•Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Within about 60 cm (24 in) or less Within about 110 cm (43 in) or less
Front Corner Sensors Rear Center Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 441 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
442
Driving
■When you activate the system
The indicator in the button comes on and the beeper sounds when the system is on.
The corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the shift lever is in any position
other than (P, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The rear center sensors start to detect an obstacle when the shift lever is in (R, and
the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
1Parking Sensor System*
When you set the power mode to ON, the system will
be in the previously selected condition.
Parking Sensor
System Button:
Press to activate
the system with
the power mode in
ON.
Beep
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 442 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
443
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
Continued
Driving
■When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the
intermittent
beep
Distance between the Bumper and
Obstacle Appropriate Indicator
Audio/
information
screen
indicator color
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Long*1 —About 43-28 in
(110-70 cm)
Yellow
Short About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
About 28-22 in
(70-55 cm)
Amber
Very short About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 22-18 in
(55-45 cm)
Amber
Continuous About 14 in (35 cm)
or less
About 18 in (45 cm)
or less
Red
Instrument
panel
Stays on
Multi-
information
display
Stays on
Audio/
information
screen
Blinks
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 443 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
444
Driving
■The parking sensor system on audio/navigation screen
•An appropriate indicator blinks when there
are any obstacles around the parking
sensors. The color of the indicator changes
in accordance with the distance between
your vehicle and obstacles.
•An appropriate indicator stays on in red
when there is a problem with the
corresponding parking sensor.
2Parking Sensor Indicator* P. 75
2Multi-Information Display Warning
and Information Messages* P. 86
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
uThe beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
■Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you shift to (R, the indicator in the parking
sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the
rear sensors have been turned off.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 444 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
445
Driving
Rearview Camera
About Your Rearview Camera
For models with the navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to a rear view when the shift lever is moved to
(R.
The rearview camera has a unique lens that makes objects appear closer or further
than they actually are.
■Rearview Camera Display Area
1About Your Rearview Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline setting.
2Customized Features P. 295
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Screen display
Bumper
Guidelines Approx. 118 in (3 m)
Approx. 79 in (2 m)
Approx. 39 in (1 m)
Approx. 20 in (0.5 m)
Approx. 118 in (3 m)
Approx. 79 in (2 m)
Approx. 39 in (1 m)
Camera
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 445 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
446
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 446 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 447
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■Fuel tank capacity: 21 US gal (79.5 liters)
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
uThe fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
•Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
•Handle fuel only outdoors.
•Wipe up spills immediately.
Pull
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 447 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
448
Driving
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.
uWhen the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
uShut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
Cap
Cap
Holder
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 448 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
449
Driving
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display*/multi-information display*.
•Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
•Maintain the specified tire pressure.
•Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
•Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 L per 100 km
Liters of
fuel
Kilometers
driven
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 449 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
450
Driving
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
•Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
•Do not install accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
•Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2Fuses P. 533
•Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 450 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
451
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 452
Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 453
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 454
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 455
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 463
Opening the Hood ........................... 464
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 465
Oil Check......................................... 466
Adding Engine Oil............................ 467
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 468
Engine Coolant................................ 470
Transmission Fluid............................ 472
Brake Fluid....................................... 473
Power Steering Fluid Check.............. 474
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 474
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 475
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
....486
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 490
Tire and Loading Information Label...... 491
Tire Labeling .................................... 491
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......493
Wear Indicators................................ 495
Tire Service Life................................ 495
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 496
Tire Rotation.................................... 497
Winter Tires ..................................... 498
Battery............................................... 499
Remote Transmitter Care................. 500
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care*........................... 502
Heating and Cooling System*/Climate
Control System* Maintenance....... 504
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 505
Exterior Care.................................... 507
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 451 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
452
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■Periodic inspections
•Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2Brake Fluid P. 473
•Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490
•Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 475
•Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 486
■Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display*/multi-
information display*.
2Maintenance Service Items P. 457, 461
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2Authorized Manuals P. 551
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 452 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
453
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.
•To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
•Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
uHeat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
•To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
•Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
•Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
uOnly operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
•The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
uMake sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
•Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
uMake sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
•Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
uDo not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■Maintenance Safety
■Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 453 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
454
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 454 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
455
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display* or the multi-information display* every time you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1. The messages notify you when to change the
engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance
services.
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.
2. Press the (Select/Reset) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.
The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Models with information display
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
55 to 1
00
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 455 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
456
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
Maintenance
To switch the display, press the (Select/Reset) knob.
■Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder Indicator
The engine oil life indicator starts
to appear along with other due
soon maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life.
Starts to come on when the
remaining engine oil life becomes
15 percent.
It goes off when the display is
switched.
The SERVICE message also starts
to appear along with the engine oil
life indicator and the maintenance
item codes.
The engine oil has almost reached
the end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)
or 10 km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the display
blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced
immediately. Stays on as a reminder even when
the display is switched.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 456 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
457
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
Continued
Maintenance
■Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A●Replace engine oil*1
B●Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
●Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
●Check parking brake adjustment
●Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●Inspect suspension components
●Inspect driveshaft boots
●Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●Inspect exhaust system#
●Inspect fuel lines and connections#*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110ºF, 43ºC), in very low temperatures (under -20
ºF, -29ºC), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1●Rotate tires
2●Replace air cleaner element*2
●Replace dust and pollen filter*3
●Inspect drive belt
3●Replace transmission fluid
4●Replace spark plugs
●Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*4
●Inspect valve clearance
5●Replace engine coolant
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 457 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
458
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.
2. Press and hold the (Select/Reset) knob
for 10 seconds or more.
uThe information display shows the reset
mode initial display.
3. Select oil life with the knob.
4. Press and hold the knob for a few
seconds to enter the oil life reset mode.
5. Press and hold the knob for five seconds
or more.
uThe displayed maintenance items
disappear and the engine oil life display
will return to 100%.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
Reset Mode Initial Display
Oil Life
Outside Temperature*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 458 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
459
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
Continued
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the
multi-information display.
■Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Models with multi-information display
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
55 to 1
00
SEL/RESET
Button
Engine Oil Life
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 459 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
460
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
SERVICE DUE SOON 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by pressing the /
(information) button, this message
will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the / button
to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be inspected
and serviced as soon as possible.
SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the /
button to switch to another
display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 460 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
461
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
Continued
Maintenance
■Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A●Replace engine oil*1
B●Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
●Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
●Check parking brake adjustment
●Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●Inspect suspension components
●Inspect driveshaft boots
●Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●Inspect exhaust system#
●Inspect fuel lines and connections#*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110ºF, 43ºC), in very low temperatures (under -20
ºF, -29ºC), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1●Rotate tires
2●Replace air cleaner element*2
●Replace dust and pollen filter*3
●Inspect drive belt
3●Replace transmission fluid
4●Replace spark plugs
●Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*4
●Inspect valve clearance
5●Replace engine coolant
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 461 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
462
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly pressing the SEL/RESET button.
3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds or more.
uThe oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select RESET with the / button, then press the SEL/RESET button.
uThe service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return to
100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.
■Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
Maintenance
Item Codes
Engine Oil
Life
/
(information)
Button
SEL/RESET
Button
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 462 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
463
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Loop)
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reservoir
Radiator Cap
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
Power Steering Fluid
(Red Cap)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 463 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
464
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
uThe hood will pop up slightly.
3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of
the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 464 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
465
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
•Genuine Honda Motor Oil
•Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 465 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
466
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 466 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
467
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 467 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
468
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display*/multi-information display*.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Washer
Drain Bolt
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 468 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
469
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
uIf it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
uApply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
uTightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
uEngine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
uIf necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 469 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
470
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
If temperatures consistently below −22°F (−30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 470 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
471
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the coolant system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
■Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 471 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
472
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
■Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle's transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda's new vehicle warranty.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 472 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
473
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.
Brake Reservoir
MIN
MAX
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 473 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
474
uuMaintenance Under the HooduPower Steering Fluid Check
Maintenance
Power Steering Fluid Check
We recommend that you check the power steering fluid level every time you refuel.
Check when the engine is not running.
1. Look at the side of the reservoir. The fluid
should be between the UPPER LEVEL and
LOWER LEVEL.
2. Add power steering fluid if necessary to the
UPPER LEVEL mark.
uInspect the system for a leak. If the fluid
level goes below the LOWER LEVEL
frequently, have the system inspected as
soon as possible.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, the washer level
indicator comes on.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Honda Power Steering Fluid
1Power Steering Fluid Check
NOTICE
Turning the steering wheel to full left or right lock
and holding it there can damage the power steering
pump.
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; it could damage
components in the engine compartment.
Upper Level
Lower Level
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Canadian models with information display
Canadian models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 474 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
475
Continued
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then remove the upper part of
the air intake duct.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)*
Low beam headlight: 35 W (D2S for high voltage discharge type)*
■High Beam Headlight
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
The exterior lights' inside lenses (headlights, brake
lights, etc.) may fog temporarily after a car wash or
while driving in the rain. This does not impact the
exterior light function.
However, if you see a large amount of water or ice
accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Clip
Driver side
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 475 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuReplacing Light Bulbs uHeadlight Bulbs
476
Maintenance
1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then remove the engine
coolant reservoir out of its stay.
Remove the power steering reservoir from
the stay bracket.
1High Beam Headlight
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip
Central pin
Push until the
pin is flat.
Clip
Stay Bracket
Passenger side
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 476 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
477
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 477 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
478
uuReplacing Light Bulbs uHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
High voltage can remain in the circuit for a long period of time after the light is
switched off. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the high voltage discharge type
bulbs yourself. Ask a dealer to inspect and replace low beam headlights.
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
■Low Beam Headlights
■Low Beam Headlights
Models with high voltage discharge tube bulbs
Models with halogen low beam headlight bulbs
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 478 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
479
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs*
Maintenance
Fog Light Bulbs*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the fog light being
replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the mounting bolt and screws, and
pull the inner fender back.
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it to the right.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)
1Fog Light Bulbs*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Screws
Mounting
Bolt
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 479 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
480
uuReplacing Light Bulbs uFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs*
Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W
Bulb
Socket
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 480 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
481
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear
Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the mounting bolts.
Brake Light: 21 W
Rear Side Marker/Taillight: LED
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
1Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light
Bulbs
Rear Side Marker/Taillight bulbs are LED type. Have
an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Mounting
Bolts
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 481 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuReplacing Light Bulbs uBrake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
482
Maintenance
2. Place one hand on the outer corner of the
taillight assembly and other hand on the
lower edge of the taillight, near the cargo
area.
3. Pull the outer corner of the taillight
assembly toward you while supporting the
assembly with the hand closest to the cargo
area.
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
1Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light
Bulbs
To reinstall, insert the fasteners into the grommets
and push the assembly back into place.
uDo not reinstall the assembly if the grommets are
loose or out of the holes. Contact a dealer to
replace them.
Grommet
Bulb
Socket
Upper
Fastener
Lower
Fastener
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 482 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
483
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up/Taillight Bulbs
Maintenance
Back-Up/Taillight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Remove the base gasket.
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Taillight: LED
1Back-Up/Taillight Bulbs
Taillight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized
Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Cover
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
Socket
Gasket
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 483 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
484
uuReplacing Light Bulbs uRear License Plate Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the license plate light assembly by
squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Cover
Bulb Socket
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 484 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
485
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHigh-Mount Brake Light Bulb
Maintenance
High-Mount Brake Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Remove the lens segment by prying on the
edge using a flat-tip screwdriver.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
High-Mount Brake Light: 16 W
Screw
Lens Segment
Bulb
Socket
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 485 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
486
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper
arm may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the blade
out from the wiper arm.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Tab
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 486 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
487
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper Blades uChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
unfastens from the holder’s end cap.
4. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite
direction to slide it out from its holder.
5. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
6. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm
until it locks.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Wiper
Blade
End Cap at
the bottom
Holder
Cap
Wiper
Blade
Holder
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 487 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
488
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Pivot the bottom end of the wiper blade up
until it comes off from the wiper arm.
3. Slide the blade out of the wiper.
4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount it to a new rubber blade.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the
rear window.
Wiper
Blade
Wiper Arm
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 488 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
489
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
uMake sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 489 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
490
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
■Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
•Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
•Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
•Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
•Excessive tread wear.
2Wear Indicators P. 495
•Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 490 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
491
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
aThe number of people your vehicle can carry.
bThe total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
cThe original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
dThe proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60 R18 102T
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 491 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
492
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 492 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
493
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 493 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
494
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■Traction
■Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 494 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
495
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h),
adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to
avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.
Tire Size P235/65R17 103T
Pressure Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)
Rear: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)
Tire Size P235/60R18 102T
Pressure Front: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)
Rear: 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 495 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
496
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and VSA® (vehicle stability assist)
system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 496 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
497
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display*/
multi-information display* helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
FRONT
Rotation Mark
Front
Front
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 497 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
498
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
•Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
•Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
•Install them on the front tires only.
•Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
•Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
•Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
•Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Super Z-6# SZ-429
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 498 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
499
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The battery condition is being monitored by
the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is
a problem with the sensor, the warning
message on information display*/multi-
information display* will let you know. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
•The audio system is disabled.
2Reactivating the audio system P. 208
•The clock resets.
2Clock P. 108
•The navigation system* is disabled.
2Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry
the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help
prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 499 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
500
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver. Press a button to pry
open the transmitter.
2. Open the keypad.
uSeparate the inner cover from the
keypad by releasing the two tabs on the
cover.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Master Keys with Remote Transmitter*
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Keypad
Screw
Battery type: CR1616
Battery
Tab
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 500 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
501
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
uRemove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Smart Entry Remote*
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 501 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
502
Maintenance
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*
Replacing the Battery
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear
entertainment system.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Remote Control
Models with Rear Entertainment System
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Battery type: BR3032
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 502 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
503
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*uReplacing the Battery
Maintenance
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
1. To open the cover, insert a coin in the slot
and twist it slightly to pry the cover away
from the earpiece.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■Wireless Headphone
Coin
Battery type: AAA
Cover
Battery
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 503 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
504
Maintenance
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate Control System
*
Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The heating and cooling system/climate control system is equipped with a dust and
pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance
MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system/
climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and
the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 504 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
505
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Loop
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 505 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
506
Maintenance
The front and second row passenger’s floor
mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep
the mats from sliding forward. To remove a
mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere
with the front seat functions.
To Unlock
Front
(Driver Side)
Rear To Unlock
■Maintaining Genuine Leather*
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 506 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
507
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
•If driving on roads with road salt.
•If driving in coastal areas.
•If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the
automated car wash.
•Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
•Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray water into the engine compartment.
■Washing the Vehicle
■Using an Automated Car Wash
■Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine
compartment. It can cause a malfunction.
Air
Intake
Vents
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 507 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
508
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■Applying Wax
■Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■Cleaning the Window
■Maintaining Aluminum Wheels*
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 508 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
509
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 510
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 511
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 520
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak...521
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 522
Jump Starting.................................... 523
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 525
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 526
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On ............................................. 528
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 528
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 529
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On ................................................. 530
If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 531
If the TPMS Indicator Comes On ...... 531
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 532
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 533
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 538
Emergency Towing........................... 539
When You Cannot Open or Close the
Tailgate............................................ 540
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 509 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
511
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model.
Do not use them with another vehicle.
Do not use another type of compact spare tire or
wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 511 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
512
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the floor mat under the second
row seat.
2Floor Mats P. 506
2. Pull up the floor carpet.
3. Lift up the floor lid using the handle and
remove it.
4. Take the tool case out of the spare tire well.
Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of
the tool case.
5. Unscrew the wing bolt, then remove the
spare tire.
6. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Floor Carpet
Handle Floor Lid
Spare Tire
Tool Case
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 512 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
513
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
7. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
8. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 513 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
514
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket (as shown in the
image) clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point.
uMake sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
their shape may not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely.
•Do not use while the engine is running.
•Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•Use only at the jacking points.
•Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 514 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Continued 515
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
1. Remove the wheel nuts, wheel cover, and
flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, and stop
rotating.
■Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
Do not attempt to forcibly pry the wheel cover off
with a screwdriver or other tool.
The wheel cover cannot be removed without first
removing the wheel nuts.
Models with wheel cover
Models with aluminum wheels
Wheel Cover
Models with wheel cover
All models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 515 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
516
Handling the Unexpected
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)
The storage bag, bracket, mounting wing bolt
(A) and mounting wing bolt (B) are in the tool
case.
1. Put the flat tire in the storage bag provided
with your vehicle.
■Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Bracket
Mounting Wing Bolt (A)
Mounting Wing Bolt (B)
Storage Bag
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 516 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
517
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece, fold
it, and tuck the end under the carpet.
3. Remove the plastic screw with a coin.
4. Install the bracket and the mounting wing
bolt (A) on the attachment point, and
tighten the bolt.
5. Install the flat tire on the bracket with the
inside of the wheel facing toward you.
6. Install the mounting wing bolt (B) to the
bracket through one of the five wheel nut
holes, and tighten the bolt.
uPoke a hole in the storage bag as
needed.
Plastic Screw
Carpet Piece
Mounting Wing Bolt (A)
Mounting Wing
Bolt (B)
Bracket
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 517 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
518
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
■Storing a flat tire on the folded third row seat
1. Turn over the flap on the left side of the
cargo area floor.
2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece and
remove the plastic screw with a coin.
3. Place the flat tire face down on the
attachment point.
4. Put the tire mounting wing bolt (B) in the
attachment point through one of the five
wheel nut holes, and tighten the bolt.
uPoke a hole in the storage bag as
needed.
Plastic Screw
Carpet Piece
Mounting Wing
Bolt (B)
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 518 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
519
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure indicator comes on
while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will go
off and the TPMS indicator comes on, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the low tire pressure or TPMS
indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS
SYSTEM appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the
multi-information display and the TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles
(kilometers).
■TPMS and the Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a
tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 519 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
520
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-information display.
●If the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears
2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 143
Check brightness of the interior light.
Turn on interior lights and check brightness.
●If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2Battery P. 499
●If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 533
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 407, 409
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2Immobilizer System P. 135
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 92
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 538
If the problem continues:
2Emergency Towing P. 539
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2Jump Starting P. 523
Models with multi-information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 520 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
521
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,
and the engine won’t start.
The TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears on the
multi-information display.
Start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
uThe indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator stays on.
uIf you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Models with smart entry system
Models with multi-information display
All models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 521 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
522
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
•Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for two seconds.
•Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
•The steering wheel will not lock. The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF with
the shift lever in (P, and to ACCESSORY with the shift lever in any position other
than (P.
•Because turning off the engine also disables the power assist the engine provides
to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical
effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Downshift gears and use both feet
on the brake pedal, if necessary, to slow the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
Models with smart entry system
1Emergency Engine Stop
NOTICE
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 522 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
523
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
uUse a 12-volt booster battery only.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the grounding point as
shown.
Do not connect this jumper cable to any
other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
■Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster
Battery
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 523 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
524
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■What to Do After the Engine Starts
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 524 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
525
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key in, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into (N.
uThe lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■Releasing the Lock
Slot
Cover
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
Release
Button
Shift Lock
Release Slot
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 525 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
526
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
•The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
•Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
uNo steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
uSteam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 526 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
527
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle comes down.
uIf the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
uIf the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
uIf there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
MAX
Reserve
Tank
MIN
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 527 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
528
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
uAdd oil as necessary.
2Oil Check P. 466
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
uThe light goes out: Start driving again.
uThe light does not go out within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and
contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling system*/climate control system*, rear
defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer
for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 528 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
529
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink
•Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
•Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
uIf not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
uThe message should go off.
■When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described
above.
■Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 529 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
530
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
•The brake fluid is low.
•There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
•If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
•If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 530 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
531
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
A tire pressure is significantly low. If the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator stays on for a while, then goes off after driving a few miles
(kilometers).
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
If the TPMS Indicator Comes On
■Reasons for the indicator to come on
•Comes on when there is a problem with the TPMS.
•If the compact spare is installed, the indicator comes on after driving
for a few miles (kilometers).
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to comes on, change the tire to a full-size
tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
Models with information display
1If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
Models with information display
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 531 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
532
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
Models with multi-information display
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 532 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
533
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1 and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Located near the windshield washer
reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
■Engine Compartment Fuse Box
(Passenger Side)
■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2− −
3ACG FR 15 A
4Washer 15 A
5VB SOL 7.5 A
6 ECU FR 7.5 A
7 − −
8FI Sub 15A
9DBW 15 A
10 FI Main 15 A
11 Ignition Coil 15 A
12 − −
13 − −
14 − −
15 Radio 20 A
16 Back Up 10 A
17 MG Clutch 7.5 A
18 Front Fog Lights*(20 A)
19 − −
20 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
21 − −
22 Small Lights 10 A
23 − −
24 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
25 − −
26 Right Headlight Low Beam 15 A
27 Left Headlight Low Beam 15 A
28 Oil Level 7.5 A
29 Main Fan 30 A
30 Sub Fan 30 A
31 Wiper Main 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 533 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
534
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
■Engine Compartment Fuse Box
(Driver Side)
■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1Main Fuse 125 A
2-1
Fan Main 60 A
2-2
Passenger Side Fuse Box 2 50 A
2-3
HondaVACTM* (60 A)
2-4
Interior Light, FI Main 30 A
2-5
Stop & Horn, Hazard 30 A
2-6
Rear Blower, Battery
Management System 30 A
2-7
VSA FSR 30 A
2-8
VSA Motor 40 A
3-1
Driver Side Fuse Box 2 50 A
3-2
IG1 Main*1 50 A
3-2
Starter Motor*2 40 A
3-3
Rear Fuse Box 1 60 A
3-4
Passenger Side Fuse Box 1 50 A
3-5
Driver Side Fuse Box 1 50 A
3-6
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box (Passenger Side) Main 60 A
3-7
Passenger’s Side Power
Sliding Door Motor*(40 A)
3-8
Front Blower 40 A
4
Rear Defroster 40 A
5
− −
6 IG Main 2*30 A
7IG Main 1*30 A
*1:Models without smart entry system
*2:Models with smart entry system
8Battery Management
System 7.5 A
9Stop & Horn 20 A
10 Hazard 15 A
11 Interior Lights 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 534 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
535
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■Driver Side Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1Front Passenger's Door
Lock 7.5 A
2Rear Passenger's Door Lock 7.5 A
3Driver’s Door Lock 7.5 A
4Front Passenger's Door
Unlock 7.5 A
5Rear Passenger's Door
Unlock 7.5 A
6Driver’s Door Unlock 7.5 A
7Door Lock Main 20 A
8HAC Option*10 A
9Driver’s Side Power Sliding
Door Closer*(20 A)
10 Rear Fuse Box 15 A
11 Meter 7.5 A
12 Engine Compartment Fuse
Box (Passenger Side) 20 A
13 Accessory 7.5 A
14 STS*7.5 A
15 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 A
16 Moonroof*(20 A)
17 Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window 20 A
18 Smart Entry System*(10 A)
19 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
20 − −
21 Fuel Pump 20 A
22 Passenger Side Fuse Box 15 A
23 VSA 7.5 A
24 ACG AS 7.5 A
25 STRLD 7.5 A
26 HAC 7.5 A
27 DRL (7.5 A)
28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
29 Driver’s Power Seat Lumbar
Support*(7.5 A)
30 TPMS 7.5 A
31 − −
32 Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining 20 A
33 Driver’s Side Power Sliding
Door Motor*(40 A)
34 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 535 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
536
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
■Passenger Side Fuse Box ■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1Premium Amp*(30 A)
2Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window 20 A
3ACM 10 A
4
−
−
5Seat Heaters*(15 A)
6 − −
7Front Passenger’s Power
Seat Sliding (20 A)
8Front Passenger’s Power
Seat Reclining (20 A)
9 − −
10 − −
11 − −
12 − −
13 Passenger’s Side Power
Sliding Door Closer*(20 A)
14 Rear Accessory Power
Socket 15 A
15 − −
16 − −
17 − −
18 Front Passenger’s Power
Window 20 A
19 SRS 10 A
20 ECU AS 7.5 A
21 Headlight Adjuster*(7.5 A)
22 − −
23 OPDS*(7.5 A)
24 OPDS*(7.5 A)
25 Illumination (Interior) 7.5 A
26 − −
27 Front Accessory Power
Socket 15 A
28 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 536 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
537
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the left side of cargo area.
Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
■Rear Fuse Box ■Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1Power Tailgate Closer*(20 A)
2Trailer Small Light*(7.5 A)
3 − −
4
Tailgate
*(10 A)
5Rear Driver’s Side Door
Lock 7.5 A
6 − −
7 − −
8Trailer*(10 A)
9Trailer Charge*(20 A)
10 Trailer Back Light*(7.5 A)
11 Trailer Hazard*(7.5 A)
12 Rear Wiper 10 A
13 ECU RR 7.5 A
14 Power Tailgate Motor*(40 A)
15 AC Inverter*(30 A)
16 − −
17 − −
18 − −
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 537 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
538
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
uIf the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
uIf there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 533 to 537.
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box (passenger side).
Blown Fuse
Blown
Fuse
Fuse Puller
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 538 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
539
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 539 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
540
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate
If you cannot open or close the tailgate or power tailgate, use the following
procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the back of the tailgate.
uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing down the lever with the flat-
tip screwdriver.
1When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate
What to do-Following up
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
Models with power tailgate
Lever
Models without power tailgate
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 540 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
541
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 542
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 544
Engine Number and Transmission
Number...................................... 544
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 545
Reporting Safety Defects................. 546
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 547
Warranty Coverages ........................ 549
Authorized Manuals......................... 551
Customer Service Information......... 552
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 541 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
542
Information
Specifications
■Vehicle Specifications
*1: LX model
Model Honda Odyssey
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 2nd Row 3 (2*1)
3rd Row 3
Total 8 (7*1)
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
U.S.: 6,019 lbs (2,730 kg)
Canada: 2,730 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front) U.S.: 2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)
Canada: 1,320 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear) U.S.: 3,197 lbs (1,450 kg)
Canada: 1,450 kg
Gross Combined
Weight Rating U.S.: 8,477 lbs (3,845 kg)
Canada: 3,845 kg
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 24.9 – 26.6 oz (705 – 755 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL8
■Engine Specifications
■Fuel
■Washer Fluid
Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm3)
Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7A11G
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 21 US gal (79.5 ℓ)
Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)
■Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam) 35W (D2S)*
55W (H11)*
Headlights (High Beam) 60W (HB3)
Fog Lights*55W (H11)
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side
Marker Lights 28/8W
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)*LED
Brake Lights 21W
Rear Side Marker/Taillights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)
Back-Up Lights 21W
Taillights LED
High-Mount Brake Light 16W
Rear License Plate Lights 5W
Map Lights (Front) 5W
Map Lights (Rear) 5W
Cargo Area Light 8W
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4W
Door Courtesy Lights 3.8W (2CP)
Glove Box Light 1.4W
Foot Light*LED
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 542 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
543
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■Brake Fluid
■Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda ATF DW-1
(automatic transmission fluid)
Capacity Change 3.3 US qt (3.1 ℓ)
■Engine Oil
■Engine Coolant
Recommended ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.93 US gal (7.3 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.225 US gal (0.85 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■Tire
*1: Touring models
Regular
Size P235/65R17 103T
P235/60R18 102T*1
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm2])
33 (230 [2.3])
35 (240 [2.4])*1
Compact
Spare
Size T135/80D17 103M
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm2]) 60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular 17 x 7J
18 x 7J*1
Compact Spare 17 x 4T
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 543 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
544
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the
image below for the VIN locations.
Engine Number and Transmission Number
See the image below for the locations of your vehicle's engine number and
transmission number.
Vehicle Identification Number Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number
Engine Number
Transmission Number
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 544 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
545
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Immobilizer System
Parking Sensor System (Canadian models only)
Remote Transmitter
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Rear Entertainment System Remote Control
Models with Rear Entertainment System
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 545 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
546
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 546 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
547
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle uses “readiness codes,” as part of its onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle's emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about three
minutes).
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an
ignition switch.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 547 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
548
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 548 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
549
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 549 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
550
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 550 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
551
Information
Authorized Manuals
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
1Authorized Manuals
Service Manual:
Covers maintenance and recommended procedures
for repair to engine and chassis components. It is
written for the journeyman technician, but it is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to
understand.
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:
Complements the Service Manual by providing in-
depth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Body Repair Manual:
Describes the procedures involved in the replacement
of damaged body parts.
For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you
may require.
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 551 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
552
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.
U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•Vehicle Identification Number
2Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
P. 544
•Date of purchase
•Odometer reading of your vehicle
•Your name, address, and telephone number
•A detailed description of the problem
•Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 552 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
Index
553
Index
Index
A
AAC................................... 221, 229, 252, 262
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 438
AC Power Outlet ...................................... 185
Accessories and Modifications ................ 450
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 183
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 470
Engine Oil ............................................... 465
Washer ................................................... 474
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 465
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 175
Front Seats.............................................. 161
Head Restraints....................................... 164
Mirrors.................................................... 158
Rear Seats....................................... 162, 169
Steering Wheel ....................................... 157
Temperature ....................................... 95, 98
AhaTM Menu ............................................. 261
AhaTM Radio.............................................. 271
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 198
Changing the Mode................................ 198
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 199
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 198
Sensors ................................................... 203
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 198
Air Conditioning System (Heating and
Cooling System) ...................................... 194
Cooling ................................................... 196
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 196
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 504
Heating ................................................... 195
Air Pressure ....................................... 491, 543
Airbags ........................................................ 39
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 45
Airbag Care............................................... 51
Event Data Recorder .................................. 22
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 42
Indicator.............................................. 49, 74
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 50
Sensors...................................................... 39
Side Airbags .............................................. 46
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 48
AM/FM Radio .................................... 218, 245
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 438
Indicator.................................................... 73
Armrest ..................................................... 175
Audio Remote Controls............................ 210
Audio System ............................................ 206
Adjusting the Sound................ 216, 237, 243
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 207
Error Messages ........................................ 267
General Information ................................ 272
Internet Radio.................................. 227, 259
iPod®............................................... 224, 255
MP3/WMA/AAC .............. 221, 229, 252, 262
Reactivating ............................................ 208
Recommended CDs................................. 273
Recommended Devices............................ 275
Remote Controls ..................................... 210
Security Code.......................................... 208
Shortcuts................................................. 236
Theft Protection ...................................... 208
Touch Screen .......................................... 235
USB Flash Drives...................................... 275
USB Port.................................................. 207
Audio with Touch Screen......................... 235
Authorized Manuals ................................ 551
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 120
Customize............................... 103, 307, 317
Automatic Lighting .................................. 148
Automatic Transmission........................... 412
Creeping................................................. 412
Fluid........................................................ 472
Kickdown................................................ 412
Operating the Shift Lever................... 16, 414
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 525
Shifting ................................................... 413
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 207
Average Fuel Economy ........................ 94, 97
Average Speed ........................................... 98
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 553 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
554
Index
B
Battery....................................................... 499
Charging System Indicator ................. 72, 528
Jump Starting .......................................... 523
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 499
Maintenance (Replacing).................. 500, 502
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 30
Beverage Holders...................................... 181
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 432
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 232, 265
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 327, 360
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 65
Brake System............................................. 436
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 438
Brake Assist System ................................. 439
Fluid ........................................................ 473
Foot Brake ............................................... 437
Indicator ............................................ 70, 530
Parking Brake .......................................... 436
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 153
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........ 432
Bulb Replacement..................................... 475
Back-Up/Taillight...................................... 483
Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/
Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Lights....... 481
Fog Lights................................................ 479
Front Turn Signal/Parking/
Side Marker Lights ................................. 480
Headlights ............................................... 475
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 485
Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 484
Side Turn Signal/
Emergency Indicator Lights .................... 480
Bulb Specifications ................................... 542
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 66
Cargo Hooks ............................................. 186
Carrying Cargo ................................. 397, 399
CD Player........................................... 221, 252
Center Pocket ........................................... 180
Certification Label.................................... 544
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 475
Charging System Indicator................. 72, 528
Child Safety................................................. 52
Childproof Door Locks............................. 119
Child Seat.................................................... 52
Booster Seats ............................................ 65
Child Seat for Infants................................. 54
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 55
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 60
Larger Children ......................................... 64
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 54
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 56
Using a Tether........................................... 62
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 119
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 507
Cleaning the Interior................................ 505
Climate Control System............................ 198
Changing the Mode ................................ 198
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 199
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 198
Sensors ................................................... 203
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 198
Clock ......................................................... 108
Coat Hooks ............................................... 186
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 511, 543
Compass.................................................... 392
Controls .................................................... 107
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 470
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 471
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 470
Overheating............................................ 526
Temperature Gauge.................................. 92
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 412
Cruise Control .......................................... 415
Indicator ................................................... 82
Cup Holders.............................................. 181
Customer Service Information ................ 552
Customized Features ......................... 99, 295
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 150
Dead Battery ............................................ 523
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows......................................... 196, 199
Detachable Anchor .................................... 35
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 545
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 554 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
555
Index
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 147
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 158
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 466
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 147
Display Button.................................. 212, 238
Door Mirrors............................................. 159
Doors ........................................................ 110
Auto Door Locking.................................. 120
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 120
Door and Tailgate Open Indicator ....... 29, 75
Keys........................................................ 110
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Inside .............................................. 118
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Outside ........................................... 113
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 117
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 493
Driving ...................................................... 395
Automatic Transmission .......................... 412
Braking ................................................... 436
Cruise Control ........................................ 415
Shifting Gear .......................................... 413
Starting the Engine ......................... 407, 409
Driving Position Memory System ............ 155
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504
E
Elapsed Time .............................................. 97
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 426
Emergency ................................................ 539
Emergency Engine Stop ........................... 522
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 547
Engine ....................................................... 544
Coolant ................................................... 470
Jump Starting .......................................... 523
Oil ........................................................... 465
Starting ........................................... 407, 409
Switch Buzzer.......................................... 142
Engine Coolant ......................................... 470
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 471
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 470
Overheating ............................................ 526
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Engine Oil ................................................. 465
Adding .................................................... 467
Checking................................................. 466
Displaying Oil Life ............................ 455, 459
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 71, 528
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 465
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 143
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon
Monoxide)................................................. 66
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 160
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 507
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 159
F
Features..................................................... 205
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 504
Oil........................................................... 468
Flat Tire..................................................... 511
Flip-up Trash Bag Ring ............................. 179
Floor Mats................................................. 506
Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 472
Brake ...................................................... 473
Engine Coolant ....................................... 470
Power Steering........................................ 474
Windshield Washer ................................. 474
Fog Light Indicator..................................... 78
Folding Down the Rear Seats .......... 162, 173
Foot Brake ................................................ 437
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)........... 418
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 42
Front Seats................................................ 161
Adjusting ................................................ 161
Fuel...................................................... 17, 446
Economy................................................. 449
Gauge....................................................... 92
Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 94, 97
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73
Range ................................................. 94, 97
Recommendation .................................... 446
Refueling................................................. 446
Fuel Economy ........................................... 449
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 17, 448
Message.................................................. 529
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 555 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
556
Index
Fuel Fill Door....................................... 17, 447
Fuses .......................................................... 533
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 538
Locations ................. 533, 534, 535, 536, 537
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 449
Gauge ....................................................... 92
Information ............................................. 446
Instant Fuel Economy........................... 94, 97
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73
Refueling................................................. 446
Gauges......................................................... 92
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Automatic Transmission........................... 413
Glass (care) ................................................ 508
Glove Box .................................................. 178
Grocery Bag Hooks ................................... 187
H
Halogen Bulbs................................... 475, 479
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 509
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 327, 360
Auto Answer ................................... 342, 374
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History .................................... 344, 376
Automatic Transferring .................... 342, 374
Displaying E-mails.................................... 389
Displaying Text Messages ................ 356, 388
HFL Buttons..................................... 327, 360
HFL Menus ...................................... 329, 362
HFL Status Display ........................... 328, 361
Limitations for Manual Operation .... 328, 361
Making a Call.................................. 348, 380
Options During a Call ...................... 354, 385
Phone Setup.................................... 334, 366
Receiving a Call ............................... 353, 384
Receiving a Text Message ........................ 355
Receiving a Text Message/E-mail.............. 386
Ring Tone........................................ 343, 375
Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 387
Speed Dial....................................... 345, 377
To Create a Security PIN .................. 341, 373
To Set Up a Text Message Options .......... 339
To Set Up a Text Message/E-mail
Options ................................................. 371
Use Contact Photo .................................. 375
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 2
Head Restraints ........................................ 164
Headlights................................................. 147
Aiming .................................................... 475
Automatic Operation............................... 148
Dimming ......................................... 147, 150
Operating................................................ 147
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 189
Heating and Cooling System ................... 194
Cooling ................................................... 196
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 196
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504
Heating................................................... 195
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)...................... 327, 360
High Beam Indicator.................................. 77
HondaVACTM............................................. 191
I
Identification Numbers
Engine and Transmission......................... 544
Vehicle Identification............................... 544
Ignition Switch ......................................... 142
Illumination Control ................................ 153
Knob ...................................................... 153
Immobilizer System.................................. 135
Indicator ................................................... 78
Indicators.................................................... 70
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................... 73
Brake System (Amber)............................... 70
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........... 83
Charging System............................... 72, 528
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 82, 416
CRUISE MAIN.................................... 82, 415
Daytime Running Lights ............................ 75
Door and Tailgate Open...................... 29, 75
Fog Light .................................................. 78
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) ............. 80
Fuel Economy ........................................... 82
Hazard Warning........................................ 77
High Beam................................................ 77
Immobilizer System ................................... 78
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 556 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
557
Index
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................ 81
Lights On .................................................. 77
Low Fuel ................................................... 73
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 71, 528
Low Tire Pressure .............................. 76, 428
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............ 76, 428, 429
Maintenance Minder......................... 82, 455
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 529
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Red) ............................................... 70, 530
Parking Sensor .......................................... 75
Power Sliding Door ................................... 83
Power Tailgate .......................................... 82
Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 31, 73
Security System Alarm............................... 79
Shift Lever Position.................................... 72
Smart Entry System ................................... 79
Starter System........................................... 79
Supplemental Restraint System ........... 49, 74
System Message ....................................... 77
TPMS ................................................ 76, 430
Transmission ............................................. 72
Turn Signal ............................................... 77
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist)
System ............................................ 74, 426
VSA® OFF.......................................... 74, 427
Washer Level ............................................ 82
Information .............................................. 541
Information Button ................................... 96
Information Display ................................... 93
Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 94, 97
Instrument Panel ........................................ 69
Brightness Control................................... 153
Integrated Sunshades............................... 190
Interface Dial ............................................ 234
Interior Lights ........................................... 176
Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 158
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 514
Jump Starting ........................................... 523
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 111
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 117
Keys ........................................................... 110
Lockout Prevention.................................. 117
Master Keys............................................. 110
Number Tag ............................................ 111
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 119
Remote Transmitter ................................. 113
Types and Functions ................................ 110
Valet Key................................................. 111
Won’t Turn................................................ 20
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 412
L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW).............. 422
LaneWatchTM ............................................. 434
Language (HFL) ................................ 328, 361
LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 57
Lights................................................. 147, 475
Automatic............................................... 148
Bulb Replacement ................................... 475
Daytime Running Lights........................... 150
Fog Lights ............................................... 150
High Beam Indicator.................................. 77
Interior.................................................... 176
Light Switches......................................... 147
Lights On Indicator .................................... 77
Turn Signals ............................................ 147
Load Limits................................................ 399
Locking/Unlocking.................................... 110
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 120
Childproof Door Locks............................. 119
From Inside ............................................. 118
From Outside .......................................... 113
Keys........................................................ 110
Using a Key ............................................. 117
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 117
Low Battery Charge ................................. 528
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 73
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 71, 528
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength .................................................. 112
Lower Anchors............................................ 57
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 399
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 557 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
558
Index
M
Maintenance ............................................. 451
Battery..................................................... 499
Brake Fluid............................................... 473
Cleaning.................................................. 505
Climate Control System ........................... 504
Coolant ................................................... 470
Heating and Cooling System.................... 504
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 455
Oil ........................................................... 466
Power Steering Fluid ................................ 474
Precautions.............................................. 452
Radiator................................................... 471
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone............................................ 502
Remote Transmitter ................................. 500
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 475
Safety...................................................... 453
Service Items.................................... 457, 461
Tires ........................................................ 490
Transmission Fluid.................................... 472
Under the Hood....................................... 463
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 529
Map Lights ................................................ 177
Maximum Load Limit................................ 399
Meters, Gauges........................................... 92
Mirrors....................................................... 158
Adjusting................................................. 158
Door........................................................ 159
Exterior.................................................... 159
Interior Rearview...................................... 158
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 450
Moonroof ................................................. 141
MP3 ................................... 221, 229, 252, 262
Multi-Information Display ......................... 96
N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 544
O
Odometer ............................................. 93, 97
Oil (Engine)............................................... 465
Adding.................................................... 467
Checking................................................. 466
Displaying Oil Life............................ 455, 459
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 71, 528
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 465
Viscosity .................................................. 465
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 464
Moonroof ............................................... 141
Power Windows ...................................... 138
Sliding Doors........................................... 127
Tailgate ................................................... 121
Outside Temperature Display.............. 95, 98
Overheating.............................................. 526
P
Pandora®........................................... 228, 260
Panic Mode ............................................... 137
Parking ..................................................... 440
Parking Brake........................................... 436
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ................................................... 70
Parking Sensor System............................. 441
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 50
Passing Indicators..................................... 147
Power Sliding Doors ................................ 129
Power Tailgate ......................................... 123
Power Windows ....................................... 138
Precautions While Driving....................... 411
Rain ........................................................ 411
Pregnant Women....................................... 37
Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 511
R
Radiator.................................................... 471
Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 218, 245
Radio (XM®).............................................. 249
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 219, 247
Range.................................................... 94, 97
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 219, 247
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 547
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 154
Rear Entertainment System..................... 276
Rear Seats (Folding Down) .............. 162, 173
Rearview Camera ..................................... 445
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 158
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 558 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
559
Index
Refueling .................................................. 446
Fuel Gauge ............................................... 92
Gasoline ......................................... 446, 542
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 73
Regulations .............................. 429, 493, 545
Remote Transmitter................................. 113
Removable Center Console ..................... 178
Removing a Second Row Outer Seat ...... 170
Removing the Second Row Center
Seat ......................................................... 172
Replacement
Battery............................................ 500, 502
Bulbs ...................................................... 475
Fuses ...................... 533, 534, 535, 536, 537
Tires........................................................ 496
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 486
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 546
Resetting a Trip Meter......................... 94, 97
S
Safe Driving................................................ 25
Safety Check............................................... 29
Safety Labels .............................................. 67
Safety Message .......................................... 23
Seat Belts .................................................... 30
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 34
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 32
Checking .................................................. 38
Detachable Anchor ................................... 35
Fastening .................................................. 33
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt.......................................................... 60
Pregnant Women ...................................... 37
Reminder................................................... 31
Warning Indicator................................ 31, 73
Seat Heaters.............................................. 189
Seats .......................................................... 161
Adjusting................................................. 161
Front Seats .............................................. 161
Rear Seats ............................................... 169
Seat Heaters ............................................ 189
Security System ......................................... 135
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 78
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 79
SEL/RESET Button........................................ 96
Select Lever ......................................... 16, 413
Operation .......................................... 16, 414
Releasing................................................. 525
Won’t Move ............................................ 525
Select/Reset Knob ....................................... 93
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 56
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 211
Shift Lever ........................................... 16, 413
Shift Lever Position Indicator............. 72, 414
Shifting (Transmission)............................. 413
Shoulder Anchor......................................... 34
Side Airbags ................................................ 46
Side Curtain Airbags................................... 48
Sliding Doors............................................. 127
Power Sliding Doors ................................ 129
Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats
Outward.................................................. 171
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System ..................................................... 115
Snow Tires................................................. 498
Spare Tire.......................................... 511, 543
Spark Plugs ............................................... 542
Specifications............................................ 542
Specified Fuel ................................... 446, 542
Speedometer .............................................. 92
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 42
Starting the Engine.......................... 407, 409
Does Not Start......................................... 520
Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 142
Jump Starting.......................................... 523
Steering Wheel......................................... 157
Adjusting ................................................ 157
Stopping ................................................... 440
Summer Tires ............................................ 498
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 188
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 42
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel)............................................. 2, 3, 142
System Message Indicator.......................... 77
T
Tachometer................................................. 92
Tailgate..................................................... 121
Unable to Open....................................... 540
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 559 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
560
Index
Temperature
Gauge ....................................................... 92
Outside Temperature Display ............... 95, 98
Temperature Gauge ................................... 92
Temperature Sensor ..................... 95, 98, 203
Third Row Seat Access .............................. 169
Time (Adjusting) ....................................... 108
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)...................................................... 428
Indicator.................................... 76, 531, 532
Tires ........................................................... 490
Air Pressure ..................................... 491, 543
Checking and Maintaining....................... 490
Inspection................................................ 490
Labeling................................................... 491
Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 511
Regulations.............................................. 493
Rotation .................................................. 497
Spare Tire ........................................ 511, 543
Summer................................................... 498
Tire Chains .............................................. 498
Wear Indicators ....................................... 495
Winter..................................................... 498
Tools .......................................................... 510
Towing a Trailer........................................ 401
Equipment and Accessories...................... 402
Load Limits .............................................. 401
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 406
Emergency............................................... 539
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 428
Indicator.................................... 76, 531, 532
Transmission ............................................. 413
Automatic ............................................... 412
Fluid........................................................ 472
Number................................................... 544
Shift Lever Position Indicator.............. 72, 414
Trip Meter............................................. 94, 97
Troubleshooting....................................... 509
Blown Fuse.............. 533, 534, 535, 536, 537
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 20
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 21
Emergency Towing.................................. 539
Engine Won’t Start.................................. 520
Noise When Braking.................................. 21
Overheating ............................................ 526
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 511
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 525
Sliding Door Won’t Open .................. 21, 119
Warning Indicators .................................... 70
Tucking away the One-Motion Third row
magic Seat............................................... 173
Turn Signals .............................................. 147
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 77
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 113
Unlocking the Front Doors from
the Inside ................................................ 118
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 275
USB Port.................................................... 207
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System..................................................... 115
V
Vacuum..................................................... 191
Valet Key .................................................. 111
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 5
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 544
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)................. 426
Off Button .............................................. 427
Off Indicator ............................................. 74
System Indicator ....................................... 74
Ventilation ....................................... 194, 198
Viscosity (Oil).................................... 465, 543
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................. 426
W
Warning and Information Messages .. 84, 86
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 528
Warning Labels .......................................... 67
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 549
Watts ........................................................ 542
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 560 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
561
Index
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 495
Wheel Cover............................................. 515
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)........... 514
Window Washers ..................................... 151
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 474
Switch .................................................... 151
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 138
Windshield ............................................... 151
Cleaning ................................................. 508
Defrosting....................................... 196, 199
Washer Fluid........................................... 474
Wiper Blades........................................... 486
Wipers and Washers ............................... 151
Winter Tires.............................................. 498
Snow Tires .............................................. 498
Tire Chains.............................................. 498
Wipers and Washers ................................ 151
Checking and Replacing the Rear Wiper
Blade .................................................... 488
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 486
WMA................................. 221, 229, 252, 262
Worn Tires ................................................ 490
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 561 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 562 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 563 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 564 ページ ２０１３年７月２５日 木曜日 午後４時２３分
